Home

HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one user guide

1. CAUTION Do not touch the surface of the roller or expose the roller to light for an extended period of time Doing so could cause print quality issues 9 Align the arrows on the side of the imaging drum with the arrows inside the printer 11 Close the top cover and the scanner assembly 210 Chapter 13 Managing supplies ENWW Troubleshooting This troubleshooting information is organized to help you resolve printing problems Choose the general topic or type of problem from the following list Support strategy Troubleshooting process Control panel messages Clearing jams Print problems Scan problems Copy problems Fax problems Memory card problems Troubleshooting tools ENWW 211 Support strategy This device has a one year limited warranty Warranty service and support options might vary depending on your country region Please refer to the support flyer that came in your box for contact information or visit http www hp com You can find additional support information in Service and support 212 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Troubleshooting process Use the troubleshooting checklist to solve issues with the device Troubleshooting checklist Follow the steps below when trying to solve a problem with the device Step Verification step Possible problems number Is the power on When the device is connected
2. ENWW Scan problems 247 Problem Part of the image did not scan 248 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The original might have been loaded incorrectly A colored background might be causing images in the foreground to blend into the background The original is longer than 381 mm 15 inches The original is too small The media size is incorrect Use the media guides when you load the originals into the ADF See To load originals into the automatic document feeder ADF Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original or enhancing the image after you scan the original See Scanner resolution and color The maximum scannable length is 381 mm 15 inches when you use the automatic document feeder ADF input tray If the page exceeds the maximum length the scanner stops Copies can be longer CAUTION Do not try to pull the original from the ADF you might damage the scanner or your original See Media jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF The minimum size that the flatbed scanner supports is 25 by 25 mm 1 by 1 inches The minimum size that the ADF supports is 127 by 127 mm 5 by 5 inches The original might be jammed See Media jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF In Scan settings make sure that the input media size is large enough for the document that you are scanning See Scanner resolution and color ENWW Pro
3. ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeececaecaeeeeeeeeeeeteteneennnanaeeees 70 Copying photos two sided originals or DOOKS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeecceneeeeeeeeeneeetees 71 TO COPY a Photo Asisin anian aaia aE aaa KEE aa AA a aAa E Ta EE aE 71 To copy a multiple page stack of two sided originals cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 71 TO COPY a NOOK ariiraa inanan eiaa aaa aa an deth tae ad aaaea na aikaa adadin esana ia 72 8 Fax Specifying the fax settings ccecececeeecee cece eee ee eee eeaeaeee eee ee ees ceaaaaeaeeeeeeeseesecsueaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 75 To enter text from the Control panel ccccccceceeeeeeeeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaaeaeseeeeeeeneeeeees 75 To set the time and date aaeessseeereriecerrrresesrrneririnnessrnnanaerninneaeninneneednnnaeininnaernernenaeaneeed O To set the fax header erecorinicneiareiiii ai i ae i 76 S AK E A N A E E A T A E ate eat ae eeaae 77 To adjust the resolution for the Current fax job ssssesseessessrrsssserrnssrrrrsseerrrssrrrnnssreenn T7 To send a fax to one recipient ceccececeec cece cece eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeseceaaaeceeeeeeeeseseessnceeeeeeneess 77 To send a fax to multiple recipients 22 00 00 2 cccceeceeeceecececce eee cent eee eeeeeceaaeaeceeeeeeeeeteeeneneeaaees 18 To send a fax by using a group dial entry eee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeetnaeeeeeeeneeeeeneaees 78 To send a fax to a group manually ad NOC faxing 0 0 2
4. AABoGc AgBbGe AaBbCC AaBbCc AaBbCc AQBboCc AaBhEc AQBhCc AQBkCc AaBbCc ENWW Cleaning the device 193 To clean the paper path from HP Toolbox Use HP Toolbox to clean the paper path This is the recommended cleaning method If you do not have access to HP Toolbox use the method in To clean the paper path from the device control panel 1 2 3 Make sure that the device is turned on and in the Ready state Open HP Toolbox On the Troubleshooting tab click Maintenance click Cleaning Page and then click Print A page with a pattern prints from the device At the device remove any print media that might be in tray 1 Remove the page that printed and load it face down into tray 1 At the computer click Clean To clean the paper path from the device control panel If you do not have access to HP Toolbox you can print and use a cleaning page from the device control panel 1 SY Or BP Oe IN Press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to find the Service menu Press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to find Cleaning Mode Press ENTER Load plain letter or A4 paper when you are prompted Press Enter again to confirm and begin the cleaning process A page feeds through the printer slowly Discard the page when the process is completed 194 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW Changing the automatic document feeder ADF If the ADF is damaged or not wor
5. Solving print media problems The following problems with paper cause print quality deviations jamming or even damage to the device Problem Poor print quality or toner The paper is too moist too Try another kind of paper adhesion rough too heavy or too between 100 and 250 smooth or it is embossed or Sheffield 4 to 6 moisture from a faulty paper lot content Dropouts jamming or curl The paper has been stored Store paper flat in its moisture incorrectly proof wrapping The paper has variability from Turn the paper over one side to the other Excessive curl The paper is too moist has the Open the rear output bin or wrong grain direction or is of use long grain paper short grain construction The paper varies from side to Turn the paper over side Jamming damage to device The paper has cutouts or Use paper that is free of perforations cutouts or perforations Problems with feeding The paper has ragged edges Use high quality paper that is made for color laser printers The paper varies from side to Turn the paper over side The paper is too moist too Try another kind of paper rough too heavy or too between 100 and 250 smooth has the wrong grain Sheffield 4 to 6 moisture direction or is of short grain content construction or it is embossed or from a faulty paper lot Open the rear output bin or use long grain paper Print is skewed crooked The media guides might be Remove all media fr
6. 2 Onthe Scan to E mail or a Folder page verify that Turn on Scan to E mail or a Folder is selected 3 Inthe Add E mail Addresses or a Folder section select Folder and then click Browse Browse to the folder on your computer to which you want to send scans 4 Type a descriptive name for the folder in the Display at the device as field for example type soccer This name appears on the device display when you press START Scan on the device 5 Click Add The folder is saved and appears in the list when you press Scan To on the device To edit a folder 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Scan to tab 2 In the E mail Addresses and Folders List click the Edit link next to the folder that you want to change Edit the information you want to change 4 Click Save The information is updated and appears in the list when you press Scan To on the device Note If you do not want the changed information for the entry to be saved click Cancel 164 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW Other How do I Note Note ENWW Use this section to answer other questions about the device Receive toner warnings from the device at my computer Use HP Toolbox to set up the device so that it will issue pop up alerts to your computer when a print cartridge level is low 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Alerts tab 2 Click the Set up Status Alerts page 3 Select Turn on alerts select When the HP print cartridge is low or a non HP cartridge
7. Press START Scan on the device to send the scan Add or edit e mail addresses for scanning to e mail You can configure your device to scan a document and send it to one or more e mail addresses or to a folder on your computer To add an e mail address 1 2 Open HP Toolbox and click the Scan to tab On the Scan to E mail or a Folder page verify that Turn on Scan to E mail or a Folder is selected In the Add E mail Addresses or a Folder section select E mail addresses and then enter an e mail address If you enter multiple e mail addresses separate them with commas Type a descriptive name for the address in the Display at the device as field for example type accounting This name appears on the control panel display when you press START Scan on the device Click Add The address is saved and appears in the list of entries when you press Scan To on the device To edit an e mail address Open HP Toolbox and click the Scan to tab In the E mail Addresses and Folders List click the Edit link next to the e mail address that you want to change Edit the information you want to change Click Save The information is updated and appears in the list of entries when you press Scan To on the device Add or edit folders for scanning to a folder You can configure your device to scan a document and send it to a folder on your computer Scan How dol 163 To add a folder 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Scan to tab
8. When making a copy of a photo or graphic you can select the Photo setting to increase the quality of your copy Select the Mixed setting for documents that include both text and graphics If you want to conserve toner and the copy quality is not as important select Draft To adjust the copy quality for the current job 1 On the device control panel press Qua ity to see the current quality setting for the copy 2 Use the lt or the gt button to scroll through the quality setting options 3 Selecta setting and then press Start Back or START CoLoR to save the selection and immediately start the copy job or press Enter to save the selection without starting the job Note The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed During this time Settings Custom appears on the device control panel display To adjust the default copy quality On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Copy setup and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Default Quality Use the lt or the gt button to scroll through the choices oe Oh gt Press Enter to save the selection 64 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW Adjusting the lighter darker contrast setting Note Note ENWW The lighter darker setting affects the lightness or darkness contrast of the copy Use the following procedure to change the contrast for the current copy job only To adjust the
9. e Ifyou are close to the device press Start Fax on the control panel e When you answer any telephone connected to the line an extension telephone and hear fax tones the device should begin answering the call automatically If not press 1 2 3 in sequence on the telephone keypad in tone dialing mode only listen for fax transmission sounds and then hang up In order for the second method to work the extension telephone setting must be set to YES See Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes to check or change the setting Receiving faxes 85 Sending a fax by dialing from a telephone Occasionally you might want to dial a fax number from a telephone that is connected to the same line as the device For example if you are sending a fax to a person whose device is in the manual receive mode you can precede the fax with a voice call to let that person know that the fax is coming To send a fax by dialing from a telephone Note The telephone must be connected to the telephone port the port that is marked with a telephone icon 1 Load the document into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray Note You cannot use the flatbed scanner when sending a fax by dialing from a telephone 2 Pick up the handset of a telephone that is connected to the same line as the device Dial the fax number by using the telephone keypad When the recipient answers instruct the person to start the fax machine 4 When y
10. number of speed dials that are listed is device specific and corresponds to the number of speed dial buttons on the device 3 Inthe Add the Contact Information section type the following information e Entry the next available phone book entry number should be automatically entered e Contact name e Fax number 4 Click Add The contact information appears in the Phone Book Entry List section You must select a phone book entry location that is not already occupied If the entry location is occupied you must either delete that entry or move that entry to an empty location first 158 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW Note Note ENWW To delete a contact 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab Click Fax Phone Book Select the check box next to the phone book entry that you want to delete Click Delete The Delete confirmation window appears a Fo NR Click Delete to delete the entry Import contacts from another source You can import phone book data that has been exported from external e mail programs such as Microsoft Outlook or Lotus Notes For information about exporting phone book data from other programs see the documentation or the Help that accompanies the program 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 Click Fax Phone Book 3 Click Import Phone Book The Import information into the Fax Phone Book page appears 4 Select the program from which you are importing the phone book data 5 Click
11. 3 Slide the stack into the ADF until it does not move any farther The control panel displays the message Document Loaded 4 Adjust the media guides until they are snug against the media 5 The document is now ready to be copied Loading trays 31 Using the device control panel You can configure settings at the device control panel Changing the device control panel display language Use this procedure to print reports or to display messages on the device control panel display in a language other than the default for your country region To change the device control panel display language 1 Press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select System setup and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Language and then press Enver 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select the language that you want 5 Press Enter to save your selection The device automatically restarts Changing the default media size Media settings should be set to the size and type of media that you usually load in the media input tray The device uses these settings for copying printing reports printing faxes HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only and determining autoreduction sizes for incoming faxes HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only printing proof sheets HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only and index prints HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only To change the defa
12. BOISB 0408 00 Product Options ALL conforms to the following Product Specifications Safety IEC 60950 1999 EN60950 2000 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 1996 A2 2001 EN 60825 1 1994 A11 1996 A2 2001 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 1995 EMC CISPR 22 1998 EN 55022 1998 Class B EN 61000 3 2 2000 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 2001 EN 55024 1998 A1 2001 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class B ICES 003 Issue 3 GB9254 1998 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and carries the CE Marking accordingly 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems Compliance testing of product to standard with exception of Clause 9 5 which is not yet in effect 2 This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the marketing name or the product number s Boise Idaho USA December 1 2004 For regulatory topics only Australia Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia
13. Demo page To print the Demo page complete the following steps 1 On the device control panel press Menu until the Reports menu appears and then press ENTER 2 Use the lt or the gt button until Demo Page appears and then press ENTER Configuration page The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the device You can print a Configuration page from the device or HP Toolbox To print the Configuration page from the device complete the following steps 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Config report and then press Enter For more information about the Configuration page see Configuration page Supplies Status page The Supplies Status page lists the remaining life of the HP print cartridges and the HP imaging drums It also lists the estimated pages remaining number of pages printed and other supplies information You can print a Supplies Status page from the device or HP Toolbox To print from the device complete the following steps 1 On the control panel menu press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Supplies Status and then press ENTER For more information about the Supplies Status page see Supplies Status page Fax reports This section describes the fax repo
14. ENWW Index Symbols Numerics 250 sheet tray See tray 2 4 Color option 59 600 dpi print quality setting 234 A accessibility features 8 accessories installation guides 2 ordering v part numbers 274 acoustic emissions 288 activity log fax printing 188 troubleshooting 263 ad hoc groups sending faxes to 79 adding paper 28 ADF jams 231 loading originals 31 locating 9 page sizes supported 259 paper specifications 24 pickup roller assembly cleaning 199 pickup roller assembly replacing 197 ADF ordering 279 adhesive labels loading 28 output path 44 specifications 23 48 agreements maintenance vi 285 alarm volume adjusting 34 alerts setting up 182 answer mode setting 93 answering machines fax settings 95 troubleshooting 261 Apple LaserWriter 8 driver 17 Apple Macintosh See Macintosh applications settings 15 automatic document feeder ADF jams 231 loading originals 31 locating 9 page sizes supported 259 ENWW paper specifications 24 pickup roller assembly cleaning 199 pickup roller assembly replacing 197 autoreduction settings fax 96 B background gray 237 bands troubleshooting 237 battery specifications 295 billing codes fax report printing 190 using 106 bins output locating 9 selecting 44 black and white printing selecting 41 troubleshooting 242 black and white scanning 131 Black Only option 59 blank copies troubleshooting 255 blank pages troubleshooting 245 blank scans
15. How do Use this section to perform basic tasks with the HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one Print How do Network How do Photo How do e Copy How do 8 o Fax How do Scan How do Other How do ENWW 141 Print How do I Use this section to answer printing questions 142 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW ENWW Print on special media such as glossy or photo paper You can print on special media such as transparencies labels heavy paper glossy paper photo paper and card stock by using the optimizing feature in the printer driver 1 Open the straight through output door 2 Load the media input tray Make sure that the top of the media is forward and the side to be printed on the rough side of transparencies is facing up Adjust the media guides to fit the width of the media 4 Open a document in a program such as Microsoft Word Select the print command For most programs click the File menu and then click Print The Print dialog box appears 6 On the Print dialog box click Properties 7 On the Paper or Quality tab select one of these media types e Plain e Preprinted e Letterhead e Transparency e Prepunched e Labels e Bond e Recycled e Light lt 70 g m2 e Heavy paper 91 105 g m2 e Color e Glossy 75 105 g m2 e Cardstock 106 163 g m2 e Heavy Glossy 106 163 g m2 e Envelope e Tough paper 8 Print the document Rem
16. If possible avoid using extremely light or extremely dark colors Use a different paper such as high quality paper that is intended for color laser printers See Media specifications Use a smooth paper or print media such as a high quality paper that is made for color laser printers Generally smoother media produces better the results See Media specifications e For best results make sure that the paper is of good quality and free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles voids staples and curled or bent edges e For best quality color printing use a smooth type of paper Generally smoother media produces better results For more information see Media specifications e If you are unsure what type of paper you are loading such as bond or recycled check the label on the package of paper e Do not use media that is designed for Inkjet printers only Use media that is designed for color LaserJet printers e Do not use letterhead paper that is printed with low temperature inks such as those used in some types of thermography Print problems 243 CAUTION e Do not use raised or embossed letterhead e The device uses heat and pressure to fuse toner to the paper Make sure that any colored paper or preprinted forms use inks that are compatible with this fusing temperature 210 C or 410 F for 0 2 second Failure to follow these guidelines could cause jams or damage to the device
17. eee eeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeetteeeeeeeaees 79 USING manualdial wise asec cesses ek cavecdeceedastaceevesaceccvvecaceesscncedunsscdentiddeecundaccehsdececnhbeteccnteaseeneydacedeyiers 80 To use manual dial with the automatic document feeder ADF ceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 80 To use manual dial with the flatbed scanner ceececeee sent eee eeeenteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeeeaaad 80 Redialing manually iss icc2esessccceatsnesccctatnedecettita dc ccetassetecieavsievenceads AA 81 Toredialmanual y presoren sate scctiea a T A 81 Canceling a TJOD aaria NAAA EN E A A TA 82 To cancel the Current tax JOD sicctcssacc cee scsegecwssearcdissgladadeastedavesspandadesaghadena snagdaxssdelecexesaieges 82 To cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job Status ccccccecceceeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeteessenenaeees 82 Sending faxes by using the software 0 0 ieee etree teeter eet ee eee eeee eee tieeeeenaeeeerenaeeeeee 83 To send a fax from the software Windows 2000 or XP ceccceceeeeseteeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeenaaas 83 To send a fax from the software Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 woo eeeecceeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeettaeeeeeeaees 83 To send a fax from a third party application such as Microsoft Word all OPEFAlING SYSTSMIS i a shseceeceelsteapetelaseesengdelitce cotesatead a AT 84 FRECCIVING Toxos otini iiaiai ER AEA A N A N a 85 To receive faxes when you hear fax tones ssseeessssesessrresesernaesssnnnaarennnaannannaattennaaanannnaa 85 Sending a fax by
18. I O _ E E ll 7 8 1 Product Information This section contains basic information about the device such as the product name and the serial number 2 Memory This section lists memory related information such as the total memory that is installed 3 Paper Settings This section lists information about the media type for each tray and about the type settings for all the media that the device supports 4 Copy Settings This section lists the device default copy settings Product Settings This section lists information that is gathered during software installation including the language and the company name 6 Installed Personalities and Options This section contains information about optional items that might be installed such as a DIMM 7 Print Settings This section contains information about device settings that are configured in the printer driver or in HP Toolbox 8 Status Log This section contains information about device errors A second page also prints On that page the Fax Settings and Imaging Settings sections provide details about the device fax settings HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only and memory card settings HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only Supplies Status page The Supplies Status page lists the remaining life of the HP print cartridges and the HP imaging drums It also lists the estimated pages remaining number of pages printed and ot
19. Note Note Note Note View and print previously received faxes 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 Click Fax Receive Log The Fax Receive Log page appears This page shows all of the recent faxes that the device has received Only faxes that were received to this computer can be viewed printed or forwarded from HP Toolbox 3 To view a fax from the Fax Receive Log click the View link next to the fax that you want to view The Fax Viewer opens the selected fax 4 To print the fax click Printable version If you do not have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your computer you need to download Adobe Acrobat Reader to open and print the fax Go to http Awww adobe com to download the software 5 Print the fax using Adobe Acrobat Reader You can also print all of the received faxes that are currently stored on the device The order in which received faxes are printed cannot be changed 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 On the Fax Tasks page click Reprint Last Faxes Your device prints all faxes that are stored on the device beginning with the most recently received fax You can cancel printing at any time by pressing Cancel on the control panel Add or delete a contact Use HP Toolbox to add or delete a fax contact To add a contact 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 Click Fax Phone Book The first several entries in the Fax Phone Book are reserved for speed dial settings The
20. On the device control panel dial the first fax number by using one of the following methods Use the alphanumeric buttons If the fax number that you are calling has been assigned a one touch key press that key If the fax number that you are calling has been assigned a speed dial entry press PHONE Book use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the speed dial entry and then press ENTER When dialing by using the alphanumeric buttons include any pauses or additional numbers that are necessary for the call such as an area code an access code for numbers that are outside of a PBX system usually a 9 or a long distance prefix See Using dialing characters for more information 3 4 Press ENTER Complete one of the following tasks To continue dialing numbers repeat steps 2 and 3 If you are finished dialing numbers go to the next step Press START Fax If you are scanning from the flatbed scanner select YES when Send from glass 1 Yes 2 No appears and then press ENTER The device sends the fax to each fax number If a number in the group is busy or does not answer the device redials that number based on its redial setting If all redial attempts fail the device updates the fax activity log by adding the error and then it proceeds to the next number in the group The fax activity log feature is not supported in the software for Microsoft Windows 95 or Windows NT but you can print the fax activity log by using the control
21. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five 5 0 The standard connecting arrangement code telephone jack type for equipment with direct connections to the telephone network is CA11A IC CS 03 requirements 291 EU statement for telecom operation This product is intended to be connected to the analog Public Switched Telecommunication Networks PSTN of European Economic Area EEA countries regions It meets requirements of EU R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC Annex Il and carries appropriate CE conformity marking For more details see Declaration of Conformity issued by the manufacturer in another section of this manual However due to differences between individual national PSTNs the product may not guarantee unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point Network compatibility depends on the correct setting being selected by the customer in preparation of its connection to the PSTN Please follow the instructions provided in the user manual If you experience network compatibility issues please contact your equipment supplier or Hewlett Packard help desk in the country region of operation Connecting to a PSTN termination point may be the subject of additional requirements set out by the local PSTN operator 292 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW New Zealand
22. To change the billing code Setting 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeaeeeeseneaeeeeeeaeees 106 TO USE biling Godes iss dec nveieeceetteds centecenesedalenteaeseeneedadevivers a a A OG Reprinting a TAX 22 ec cesta ctv edededecdavesacdenneaalacectyddatedecenestaace qeddedecseydaadadacdvysdaceceavdaeseectvsaatencunn s 107 TONG print fak aiseteh ne hated ate ee eee neal nolan A a a 107 To change the fax reprint settings 00 2 2 cccccececccceseecceceeesecceeeeseeeeceteeeeeenenseeeeceeseaceeenensaes 107 Deleting faxes from Memory sssrrsirsressrisininrreiidikennidnnnha ANNANN ANAKARA ANENE ENANA ANN NENEKA AANEEN 108 To delete faxes from Memory eeesssssesrresssrrenssrneeennaannnnaattnnantannasennaaatannatenananannnaaenndanannaa 108 USING Tax Torwar ding esnan aeeee heehee eee 109 TO USE TAX TORW ARGUING ede ntes exes eae EE E 109 Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes cceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeettteeeeeeeeee 110 To make an extension telephone available to receive faxes ceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 110 Using fax polling sormr aii a AEA actin dd To poll request a fax from another fax machine 00 cece ee eetteeeeeeeettteeeeeeeeetaeeeeeteaaes 111 Changing the silence detect mode cece eeeeeee eee teeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeteneeeeeteeeaeeeeeeenaeees 112 To change the silence detect mode 0 0 eee eeceeeeeeeene eee ee eeteeeeeeaaeeeeeeiaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 112 Creating stamp received faxe S ii
23. Use the following illustrations to identify the device control panel components for your device OD OD gt OO D99 00 0 DO OO ogupe o o 60 HP Color LaserJet 2820 all in one printer scanner copier 1 Alphanumeric buttons Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the device control panel display and dial telephone numbers for faxing For information about using alphanumeric key characters see Fax 2 Menu and cancel controls Use these controls to select menu options determine the device status and cancel the current job 3 Copy controls Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying For instructions about copying see Copy 4 Scan controls Use these controls to scan to e mail or to a folder For instructions about scanning see Scan OO 000 o OO O q DD OO oom TE o OO O DOO oeqpoe o 00 00 HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one printer scanner fax copier 1 Fax controls Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings For information about using the fax controls see Fax 2 Alphanumeric buttons Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the device control panel display and dial telephone numbers for faxing For information about using alphanumeric key characters see Fax 3 Menu and cancel controls Use these controls to select menu options determine the device status and cancel
24. a fax Too many telephone devices are plugged in or telephone devices are HP Color LaserJet not connected in the correct order 2830 2840 all in one models only The device fax settings are set incorrectly Use another fax machine to send a fax to the device Verification step Possible problems a The telephone line is not operational or Verify that the device is plugged into a telephone line that you know works 1 Try plugging the telephone cord into the other connector 2 Try anew telephone cord Review and reset the device fax settings See Specifying the fax settings If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box See Fax problems Make sure that the HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one or HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one is the only device on the telephone line and try again to receive the fax Review and reset the device fax settings See Specifying the fax settings If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Software is not installed correctly or an error occurred during software installation The cable is not connected correctly There is a port driver problem in Microsoft Windows 7 Does the device print from the computer Connect the network cable or USB cable to the device and the computer Use a word processing appl
25. user guide is also available Go to http www hp com support clj2800series After connecting select Manuals Online Help Contains information about device options that are available from within the printer drivers To view a Help file open the online Help through the printer driver ENWW Quick access to device information 3 Device configurations The device is available in the following configurations HP Color LaserJet 2820 all in one The HP Color LaserJet 2820 all in one printer scanner copier is a four color laser printer that prints letter size pages up to 20 pages per minute ppm in black and white A4 size pages up to 19 ppm and it prints letter A4 size pages up to 4 ppm in color It includes a PCL 6 printer driver and has HP postscript level 3 emulation e Trays The device comes with a multipurpose tray tray 1 that holds up to 125 sheets of various print media or 10 envelopes e Print cartridges This model comes standard with color print cartridges cyan yellow and magenta that can print up to 2 000 pages at 5 coverage It comes with a black print cartridge that can print up to 5 000 pages at 5 coverage A typical business letter has 5 coverage e Connectivity The device provides a Hi Speed universal serial bus USB 2 0 port and a port for connecting to a 10 100Base T network e Memory The device comes standard with a 96 megabyte MB random access memory RAM
26. 219 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Fax memory full Canceling send Fax recv error 220 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting During the fax job the memory filled All pages of the fax have to be in memory for a fax job to work correctly Only the pages that fit into memory were sent An error occurred while trying to receive a fax Print all received faxes or wait until all pending faxes are sent Ask the sender to send the fax again Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from memory See Deleting faxes from memory Ask the sender to resend the fax Try faxing back to the sender or another fax machine Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start FAx Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the device Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the device plugging in a telephone to the phone line and making a voice call Turn off error correction mode ECM and turn off V 34 Ask the sender to resend the fax See Setting the fax error correction mode or Changing the V 34 setting Connect the device to a different phone line If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box ENWW Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Re
27. Browse and then navigate to the location on your computer where the previously exported phone book is stored 6 Click Continue The Fax Phone Book Import Select Entries page appears 7 Select the entries from the Import List section that you want to add and then click Add OR Click Add All to add all of the entries from the import list Selected entries from the import list are added to the phone book only at available entry locations beginning with the Insert Location selected in the Phone Book section Existing entries in the Fax Phone Book are not moved to different locations If the maximum number of entries is exceeded in the Fax Phone Book the remaining contacts are not saved in the phone book 8 Click Save You must click Save for your imported entries to be added to your Fax Phone Book Fax How dol 159 Note Note Create a new group list Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab Click Fax Phone Book Click New Group The Fax Phone Book Create a New Group page appears ON gt You can type a number in the Group information for the Fax Phone Book entry field HP Toolbox automatically enters the next available entry number from the Fax Phone Book 5 Type a name for your group in the Group name field 6 Select the entries from the All individuals list that you want to add to your group and click Add OR Click Add All to add all of the phone book entries to the group If you add a name to the group
28. Changing the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly 197 5 Lower the green lever with the flat green part fitting in between the rollers Press down on the green lever until you hear a snap 6 To check for proper installation lift the green lever until it remains open The new pickup roller assembly should be secured to the lever assembly and should not fall out 7 Make sure that both sides of the assembly are secured by the green hooks 8 Lower the green lever assembly and close the automatic document feeder ADF lid If you are experiencing jams in the ADF contact your local HP authorized service provider See Service and support Note 9 Plug the device in and then turn the power switch to the on position Y PEA BZ oe 4 ZZ ZZ Z 198 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW Cleaning the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly To clean the ADF pickup roller assembly If your automatic document feeder ADF has trouble feeding paper you can clean the ADF pickup roller assembly To clean the assembly use the following procedure 1 Turn off the device and unplug the power cord S 2 Open the automatic document feeder ADF cover AY A 3 Press the round green button while lifting the green lever Rotate the green lever until it stops in the open position The pickup roller assembly should remain on the surface 4 Remove the a
29. Enter to select Add oa Fw RN Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the speed dial entry number that you want to associate with this fax number and then press Enter Choosing a number from 1 to 5 also associates the fax number with the corresponding one touch key When typing a fax number press Pause RebIAL until a comma appears if you want to insert a pause in the dialing sequence or press until W appears if you want the device to wait for a dial tone 7 Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the fax number Include any pauses or other needed numbers such as an area code an access code for numbers outside a PBX system usually a 9 or 0 or a long distance prefix 8 Press ENTER 9 Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter a name for the fax number To do so repeatedly press the alphanumeric button for the letter that you need until the letter appears For a list of characters see Using dialing characters To insert punctuation press the asterisk button repeatedly until the character that you want appears and then press the gt buttton to go to the next space 10 Press Enter to save the information 11 If you have more speed dial entries or one touch keys to program repeat steps 1 through 10 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Note Note ENWW To delete speed dial entries and one touch keys On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Press E
30. Media specifications Verify that the problem also occurs on the Configuration page If so contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box In the printer driver select the Paper tab and set Type is to match the type of paper on which you are printing Print speed might be slower if you are using heavy paper Open the rear output door to print to the straight through paper path Use a different paper such as high quality paper that is intended for color laser printers See Media specifications Check the device environment Make sure that the paper or other print media is loaded correctly and that the media guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack See Loading trays Use a different paper such as high quality paper that is intended for color laser printers See Media ENWW Problem The printed page contains wrinkles or creases AQBbCc AaQBboCc AaQBboCc AQBoCc AaBbCc Toner appears around the printed characters An image that appears at the top of the page in solid black repeats farther down the page in a gray field AaBbCc The media might be loaded incorrectly The media might not meet HP specifications The paper path is curling the media The media might be loaded incorrectly If large amounts of toner have scattered around the characters the paper might have high resisti
31. PC board one battery per product For recycling information you can contact http www hp com go recycle or contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industry Alliance http www eiae org Nederlands Toepassing De batterij wordt gebruikt als reserve energiebron voor de tijdklok die wordt gebruikt voor het faxgedeelte van het apparaat Locatie van de batterij De batterij wordt bij de fabricage distributie van het product op de formatter gesoldeerd Voorschriften e Richtlijn van de Europese Unie met betrekking tot batterijen Deze batterij komt niet in aanmerking voor de richtlijnen e Bijzondere bepaling A45 voor UN standaard Deze batterij is een niet gevaarlijk artikel Levensduur De batterij is ontworpen om minstens even lang mee te gaan als het product Batterijfabrikanten Rayovac Madison WI USA and Panasonic Secaucus NJ USA Environmental Product Stewardship program 295 Het ontwerp en de specificaties kunnen zonder kennisgeving worden gewijzigd D Batterij niet weggooien maar inleveren als KCA Taiwan X SS th a 296 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Declaration of conformity Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Company Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP Color LaserJet 2820 all in one Regulatory Model Number
32. Page setting faxing 96 Fit to Page setting printing 42 supported 23 skewed pages 240 244 ENWW slow speed troubleshooting faxing 263 scanning 249 smeared toner troubleshooting 238 Smooth halftone option 59 software downloading v 16 HP Toolbox 181 Macintosh features 17 operating systems supported 14 Readiris OCR installing 129 receiving faxes 92 scanning from TWAIN or WIA 126 sending faxes 83 uninstalling 20 Windows features 16 source printing by 40 spaces entering with control panel 75 102 specifications acoustic emissions 288 electrical 287 environmental 288 features 6 paper 23 physical 287 supplies 287 specks troubleshooting 236 speed fax troubleshooting 263 printing maximizing 43 scanning troubleshooting 249 specifications 4 6 speed dial entries deleting all 101 list of printing 190 programming 98 99 spots troubleshooting 236 sRGB 60 status alerts HP Toolbox 182 Supplies Status page printing 179 supplies checking 202 viewing with HP Toolbox 182 Status tab HP Toolbox 182 stopping printing 53 storing device 288 paper 25 print cartridges 203 straight through paper path 44 streaks troubleshooting 237 supplies HP fraud hotline 206 installation guides 2 non HP 205 ordering v recycling 204 294 Index 313 replacing 207 specifications 287 status page 179 status checking 202 status viewing with HP Toolbox 182 storing 203 support Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE
33. Problems receiving TAXCS aczcace ved aes cpagecactesigetiacepecieaes AEE EE EEEREN EE TE 256 Problems sending TAXES stcesestsetersitedencas vntdddegvbetdadecpundidasvaetucedeblcaueat pel AARE AA 259 Voice Call problems sssini aa aa aiaia aiaa 261 Media andling problems sssssssessurriiiiinaiianini nnna Ninana aA RNANA NEERA ENAN ENARE 261 Performance problems ccccccceceeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeeseecesaeeaeeseeeeeeeeeceaeeaeeeeeeeseceeenenaeeeeees 263 Memory card problems cenre nionireini ranana E AAAA EAEE Na 264 Missmg or wong THES cnecsissenirian ua E daha keceanls 264 INGEX page not pring erasian ii AAAA A 264 Procol sheet nol Pronti icre miniai E pedi daevbigedeabeeete dee adsacneenes 264 Proof sheet not scanning aessssseseerreeersrrreserirnseissnnaaatinaeaennnnnaatntnneatadnnnaataaaaaannnnnaaaaaaae 265 Issues with photo printing sessies aa a aaa a AE iaaa AE 265 Troubleshooting tools cece eect eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeseneeeeeseneaeeeseneaeeesenaeeesenaees 268 DEVICE pagesand NEPOMS asesina nnna Ra eiae a aaa at 268 xiii xiv Fax TOPOS iiceoe a a a a a aN 268 HP TOOIDOX aicina ana ea a a a a a a aa 270 DERVICEMONU reiia a aa a aa AA Aaa 270 The device control panel display has black lines or dots or becomes blank 272 Appendix A Accessories and ordering information SUL NSS nana a aaa vissateadevae NENNE A aE 274 MOMO esena Aaa EEEE AA EE E EE AATE E Eee EE then svaets 275 Cable and
34. WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited Warranty Statement 283 Color LaserJet Image Fuser Kit and Image Transfer Kit Limited Warranty Statement This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship until the printer provides a low life indicator on the control panel This warranty does not apply to products that a have been refurbished remanufactured or tampered with in any way b experience problems resulting from misuse improper storage or operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or c exhibit wear from ordinary use To obtain warranty service please return the product to place of purchase with a written description of the problem or contact HP customer support At HP s option HP will either replace products that prove t
35. Windows 119 text entering 75 102 306 Index copying ADF loading originals 31 books 72 canceling 63 collating 69 contrast adjusting 65 enlarging 66 loading originals on flatbed scanner 30 number of copies 70 photos 71 quality adjusting 64 quality troubleshooting 251 reducing 66 size troubleshooting 255 starting ajob 62 troubleshooting 254 two sided originals 71 covers document cardstock printing on 44 paper specifications 23 using different paper for 49 creases troubleshooting 241 crooked pages 240 244 curled media 240 custom paper sizes 45 customer support Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE v maintenance agreements 285 telephone numbers v websites v D dark copying 252 darkness contrast settings copy 65 fax 87 date setting 76 declaration of conformity 297 delaying fax sending 104 deleting faxes from memory 108 Demo page printing 178 Detail halftone option 59 Device Settings HP Toolbox 184 dial tone detection settings 105 dialing from a telephone 86 internationally 102 manually 80 pauses inserting 102 prefixes inserting 103 redialing automatically settings 91 redialing manually 81 tone or pulse settings 90 troubleshooting 260 different first page 49 digital cameras color matching 60 dimensions device 287 ENWW DIMMs Configuration page 179 door locating 9 expansion slots 4 partnumbers 275 distinctive ring settings 94 documentation 2 280 Documentation tab HP Toolbox
36. a non HP supply was sold to you as a genuine HP supply See HP fraud hotline 4 Ordering Information This section contains basic information about how to order new HP supplies See Checking status and ordering supplies 5 Recycling Information This section contains a link to the website that you can visit for information about recycling See Replacing and recycling supplies 180 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW HP Toolbox Note Note Note ENWW HP Toolbox is a Web application that you can use for the following tasks e Check the device status e Configure the device settings e View troubleshooting information e View online documentation You can view HP Toolbox when the device is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to the network You must perform a complete software installation to use HP Toolbox HP Toolbox is not supported for Windows 98 SE Windows NT and Macintosh operating systems To use HP Toolbox you must have TCP IP protocol installed on your computer You do not have to have Internet access to open and use HP Toolbox However if you click a link in the Other Links area you must have Internet access to go to the site that is associated with the link See Other links for more information To view HP Toolbox 1 Open HP Toolbox in one of these ways e Inthe Windows system tray double click the HP Toolbox Device Status and Alerts icon e On the
37. between the labels Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off during printing which can cause paper jams Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to printer components e Donotre feed a sheet of labels e Verify that labels lie flat e Donotuse labels that are wrinkled bubbled or otherwise damaged Transparencies When printing on transparencies use the following guidelines e Handle transparencies using the edges Oils from your fingers deposited on the transparency can cause print quality problems e Use only overhead transparencies recommended for use in this printer Hewlett Packard recommends using HP Color LaserJet Transparencies with this printer HP products are designed to work together for optimum printing results e In either the software application or the printer driver select Transparency as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for transparencies Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP Color LaserJet printers Inkjet and monochrome transparencies are not supported for this device Transparent media that are not designed for color LaserJet printing will melt in the printer causing damage to the printer 48 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW Printing on different paper for the first page Printing on different paper for the first page is useful if for example you are printing a letter that uses letterhead on the first page and plain sheets for the subsequent pages The size for all pages
38. black RGB Color The RGB Color option determines how colors are rendered ENWW Default interprets RGB color as standard red green blue SRGB which is the accepted standard for many software companies and organizations such as Microsoft and the World Wide Web Consortium The sRGB standard improves your ability to match colors between the device the computer monitor and other input devices scanners and digital cameras automatically without the need to become a color expert For more information see http www w3c org Vivid instructs the device to increase the color saturation in the midtones Less colorful objects are rendered more colorfully This value is recommended for printing business graphics Device sets the device to print RGB data in raw device mode To render photographs properly when this option is selected you must manage color in the program in which you are working or in the operating system Image instructs the device to match the color reproduction of a film based photograph This value is recommended for images and is used by default when printing directly from the memory card slot Managing color options 59 Matching colors 60 The process of matching device output color to your computer screen is quite complex because printers and computer monitors use different methods of producing color Monitors display colors by light pixels using an RGB red green and blue color process but printers print colo
39. by inserting it as shown Push down on the two tabs until the part snaps into place Install the cleanout part correctly because future jamming might occur if the cleanout part is not replaced correctly ENWW Clearing jams 233 Print problems Print quality problems Occasionally you might encounter problems with print quality The information in the following sections helps you identify and resolve these issues Note If you are having copy problems see Copy problems Improving print quality Use the print quality settings to prevent print quality problems Understanding print quality settings Print quality settings affect how light or dark the print is on the page and the style in which the graphics are printed You can also use the print quality settings to optimize the print quality for a specific media type You can change the settings in the device properties to accommodate the types of jobs that you are printing The following settings are available depending on the printer driver that you are using e 600 dpi e Custom This setting produces the same resolution as the default setting but you can change the scale patterns Note Changing the resolution can change the formatting of your text To temporarily change print quality settings To change the print quality settings only for the current software program open the properties through the Print Setup menu in the program that you are using to print To change pri
40. c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country region to country region state to state or province to province HP s limited warranty is valid in any country region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards HP will not alter form fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIA
41. default for the billing code setting is Off The billing code can be any number from 1 through 250 To change the billing code setting On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Send setup and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Billing codes and then press Enter ou Re ab gt Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter To use billing codes 1 On the device control panel enter the phone number manually by one touch key or by speed dial or group dial entry 2 Load the original in the automatic document feeder ADF input tray or on the flatbed scanner 3 Press Start Fax 4 Enter the billing code and then press Start Fax The fax job is sent and recorded in the billing code report For information about printing the billing code report see Printing the billing code report 106 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Reprinting a fax If you want to reprint a fax because the print cartridge was empty or if the fax was printed on the wrong type of media you can try to reprint it The amount of memory that is available determines the actual number of faxes that are stored for reprinting The most recent fax prints first the oldest fax that is in storage prints last These faxes are stored continuously Reprinting them does not clear them from the memory To clea
42. dial and group dial report Configuration report Block fax list Billing report if the option is turned on To print all fax reports Use the following steps to print all fax reports 1 2 3 On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select All fax reports and then press Enter The device exits the menu settings and prints the reports Fax logs and reports 191 Cleaning the device Note CAUTION The section contains information about cleaning the device To clean the exterior Use a soft damp lint free cloth to wipe dust smudges and stains off of the exterior of the device To clean the scanner glass Dirty glass from fingerprints smudges hair and so on slows down performance and affects the accuracy of special features such as fit to page and copy If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic document feeder ADF clean the scanner strip step 3 It is not necessary to clean the scanner glass 1 Turn off the device unplug the power cord from the electrical socket and raise the lid 2 Clean the glass by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the device these can damage the device Do not place liquids dir
43. dialing from a telephone sseeesseeesssneeersesssnnasennnnnssnaaennnnanannaannnnnnanannaanennaanan 86 To send a fax by dialing from a telephone 2 2 0 2 eee eee e eee eeeeneecee cee eeeeeeeeeeeesecnecaeeeeeeeeeeneees 86 Changing the default light dark Contrast Setting e cc eect eee eeteee eee eenteeeeeeaeeeeeeeieeeeeeee 87 To change the default light dark Contrast setting ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeteeeeeeaas 87 Changing the default resolution Setting cece ceeee treet ener tecneeeeeeeetieeeeeeteeeeeeetieeeeeee 88 To change the default resolution Setting cece eeeeeeeeeeenee eee eeetaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaas 88 Changing the default glass siZe Setting 2 0 0 eee eee ett ee erent eee e ete ee ee taeeeeeeeaeeeeetaeeeene 89 To change the default glass siZe Setting eee ee eeteeeeeeeetneee eee etaeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaad 89 Selecting tone dialing or pulse dialing mode eect eee eeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeaeeeeeeaaeees 90 To select tone dialing or pulse dialing eee eeceeeee settee cece eeete terse tates eeetaeeeseeeieeeeeneeaees 90 Changing the redial Settings veicieciisccanedidehanesantesnieeecernieaeednadetlelnaatdecdaniidcontdieedieaee 91 To change the redial On buSy Option ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteesececenuesaeeeeeeeeeneeenees 91 To change the redial on no answer Option cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteees 91 To ch
44. en EEE EEE AEE EAE EA 40 Printing in grayscale 20 eee cette eee eeee ee ee eeeneee ee ceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeaeeeseneaaeeeseeaeeeeneeaeeees 41 Creating and using watermarks ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeseaas 41 Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper N up printing ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee A Creating and using Quick Sels ii cicces iaebeseevsaeteee teed ai REE a 41 Reducing or enlarging Fit to Page sssssesessssssrrrssesrrssetirrrsttirrntsttrrnsnttnnnnnttennnnnntnnnnt 42 Maximizing print speed for letter size paper ceccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseceaeaeeeeeeereeeeeseenaees 43 SElSCHING AN ouput IOCATION serieren EA 44 Setting a CUSTOM paper SIZE issin na aa aa a a aa aa Aaaa 45 Printing on special medio eessen AT 46 GIOSSY PAP OP siiin a aa aaae a Ea aa E aE 46 C l red papel wens cckascccas lt caacccanass waduanvencedccha encgdadundduaadecchansuadecuanabdeadunnasetaxcans a A EEEa 46 Preprinted forms and letterhead cececeeeeeeccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeertestesssetateateeeees AB Envelopes naonana i a a a a E a aaa d a a Aaaa 47 Heavy paper oriisisoniieoniiei ada a a a e a 47 HP LaserJet Tough paper 00 ccccececececenncce cee ee eects cece ceaanaeeeeeeeeeeseqecaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesnensanes 48 L ADGIS n a a tan aagtdadare aaa a E a N 48 ThAMSPAleNClOS ss sscccctescchesisaivauadasiwasedvecareasceedaaaaaaendensacadedensaaadeingdenaahea
45. error option Disable the detect dial tone setting See Changing the detect dial tone setting Try again later Try sending to another fax machine Do one of the following e Turn up the volume on the device and press START Fax on the control panel If you hear a dial tone the telephone line is working Disconnect the device from the telephone jack and connect a telephone Try to make a telephone call to verify that the telephone line is working To stop the redials while the device is dialing press CanceL To cancel a pending fax job see Canceling a fax job See Changing the redial settings to change the redial setting ENWW Note ENWW Problem Faxes that you send are not arriving at the receiving fax machine Faxes you send include a block of gray shading at the end of each page Faxes you send have data missing from the end of each page Voice call problems Problem Voice calls are not being received by the telephone or answering machine that is connected to the line The receiving fax machine might be off or might have an error condition such as being out of paper The originals might be incorrectly loaded A fax might be in memory because it is waiting to redial a busy number other jobs that are ahead of it are waiting to be sent or the fax is set up for a delayed send You might be sending a fax from the flatbed scanner with the glass fax size
46. flatbed were acceptable page into the ADF and clean the ADF scanning strip make a copy The report See To clean the scanner glass should feed smoothly through the ADF and Ifthe ADF is damaged replace copies should print without the ADF See Changing the print quality problems automatic document feeder ADF Make a copy from the flatbed as well Media does not move smoothly Clean the ADF pick roller and through the ADF path ADF separation pad See Cleaning the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly If the problem persists replace the ADF pick roller See Changing the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly If the problem persists replace the ADF See Changing the automatic document feeder ADF Poor copy quality from the flatbed If the print quality from the internal tests and the copy from the ADF were acceptable clean the flatbed glass See To clean the scanner glass If after performing the maintenance the problem persists see Copy problems If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box 214 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Step number Does the device send a the device is not plugged into the telephone line The telephone cord is faulty or is plugged into the wrong connector The device fax settings are set incorrectly Does the device receive
47. for more information about HP s recycling program 204 Chapter 13 Managing supplies ENWW HP policy on non HP supplies CAUTION ENWW Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non HP supplies either new or remanufactured Because they are not HP products HP cannot influence their design or control their quality Service or repairs required as a result of using a non HP supply will not be covered under the printer warranty When you insert a supply into the device the device will inform you if the supply is not a genuine HP supply If you insert a genuine HP supply that has reached the low state from another HP device the device identifies the supply as non HP Simply return the supply to the original device to reactivate the HP features and functionality Resetting the printer for non HP supplies When you install a non HP print cartridge or imaging drum the control panel displays the Unauthorized message In order to print with this supply you must press Enter the first time you install this non HP supply The device will not stop printing when this type of supply is empty Printer damage could occur if the device prints with an empty non HP print cartridge or imaging drum See Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement and Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited Warranty Statement HP policy on non HP supplies 205 HP fraud hotline Call the HP fraud hotline if the device or HP Toolbox indicates that the pri
48. from the telephone jack and then connect a telephone Try to make a telephone call to verify that the telephone line is working Fax problems 257 Problem Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the device Faxes are not printing Faxes are printing on two pages instead of one 258 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting A voice messaging service might be interfering with the device as it attempts to answer calls The device might be out of paper and the memory is full The media input tray is empty The receive to PC option might be selected and faxes are being received by the computer The autoreduction setting might not be set correctly The incoming faxes might have been sent on larger media Do one of the following e Disable the messaging service Get a telephone line that is dedicated to fax calls Set the device answer mode to Manual In manual mode you must start the fax receive process yourself See Setting the answer mode for more information Leave the device set to automatic mode and lower the rings to answer setting for the device to a number less than the rings to answer setting for the voice mail see Changing the rings to answer setting The device will answer all incoming calls Refill the media input tray Press Enter The device prints all of the faxes it has saved in memory and then resumes answering fax calls Load media Any faxes that are received whil
49. g m 50 to 80 Ib cover as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for heavy paper Because this setting affects all print jobs it is important to return the printer back to its original settings after the job has printed CAUTION In general do not use paper that is heavier than the media specification recommended for this printer Doing so can cause misfeeds paper jams reduced print quality and excessive mechanical wear However some heavier media such as HP Cover Stock can be safely used ENWW Printing on special media 47 Note CAUTION HP LaserJet Tough paper When printing on HP LaserJet Tough paper use the following guidelines e Handle HP LaserJet Tough paper using the edges Oils from your fingers deposited on HP LaserJet Tough paper can cause print quality problems e Use only HP LaserJet Tough paper with this printer Hewlett Packard products are designed to work together for optimum printing results e In either the software application or the printer driver select Tough Paper as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for HP LaserJet Tough paper Labels In either the application or the printer driver select Labels as the media type or configure tray 1 for labels When printing labels use the following guidelines e Verify that the labels adhesive material can tolerate temperatures of 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second e Verify that there is no exposed adhesive material
50. interface accessories c cccccceccecce cette ee teeeeceaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeetegeceeaaeaeceeeeeeeeeeeenees 276 Paper handling accessories aaessseeeersressrreesereetsnnnatinndinnnnatannadttnaaatanaaananaatanataannaatan nanana 277 Paper and other print Media ececcccecccecce cee eeee eee r AE A Ea a NT aaa aa 278 User replaceable parts c cccccceeeeeeeecneceeeceeeeeceaeeeeeeeesecaaaeeeeeeeseseceeeeeeeeeesesaaeeaeeserenenaaaes 279 Supplementary documentation ccccceceeeeeeeeeeenneceeeeeeeeeeseceenaecaeeeeeeeeeeeecsuceeseeeeeesees 280 Appendix B Service and support Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement 0 eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeesaeeeeeeetaeeeeeneaaes 281 Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited Warranty Statement c ee eeeeeeeeeettteeeeeees 283 Color LaserJet Image Fuser Kit and Image Transfer Kit Limited Warranty Statement 284 Availability of Support ANd service 0 cccceeeeecee cece eeeeeeeeneaeeeeeeeeececaeceeeeeeeseceaaeeeeeetetsnnaeess 285 HP maintenance agreements a siccciccceecesececcet snnececeh vecadeced setececte sengeeeh Setedececeseteesectsteneccassaneeees 285 Onsite Service agreements cece eeeeeee eee eeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeseneaeeeeseeeaeeeesenenanenes 285 Appendix C Device specifications Appendix D Regulatory information WATFO DUCTION IMPETE E EE A A E A EE 289 Telephone Consumer Protection Act United State
51. into memory and sends it at the designated time 104 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Changing the detect dial tone setting Normally the device begins dialing a fax number immediately If you are using the device on the same line as your telephone turn on the detect dial tone setting This prevents the device from sending a fax while someone is on the telephone The factory set default for detect dial tone is On for France and Hungary and Off for all other regions countries To change the detect dial tone setting On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Press gt once to select Fax Send setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Detect dial tone and then press ENTER ON ge NS Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter ENWW Changing the detect dial tone setting 105 Using billing codes If the billing codes feature has been turned on the user will be asked to enter a billing code for each fax The billing number is credited for each fax page that is sent This includes all types of faxes except for poll received fax forwarded or computer downloaded faxes For an undefined group or a group dial fax the billing number is credited for each successful fax that is sent to each destination To print a report that shows the total for each billing code see Printing the billing code report The factory set
52. is intended for color laser printers See Media specifications Verify that the device environment is within humidity specifications Replace any low print cartridges See Changing a print cartridge Check the control panel display or HP Toolbox to see if a print cartridge is low and replace it if necessary Remove the print cartridge for the color that is printing inconsistently and reinstall it ENWW ENWW Problem The colors on the printed page do not match the colors as they appear on the screen AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc AaBbCc The finish on the printed color page is inconsistent AQBbCc AaBbCc AaQBboCc A BbG c AQBboCc The colors on your computer monitor might differ from the device output The printer driver might affect color printing If extremely light colors or extremely dark colors on screen are not printing your software program might interpret extremely light colors as white or extremely dark colors as black The media might not meet HP specifications The media might be too rough Media handling problems Use the information in this section when the device experiences media handling problems Print media guidelines Select Screen Match in the Color tab of the printer driver Try printing from a different program or one of the other printer drivers For example if you are using the PCL 6 printer driver try the PS printer driver
53. is installed and then select As a pop up message 4 Click Apply Receive toner warning e mail messages from the device Use HP Toolbox to set up the device so that it will issue e mail message alerts to your computer when a print cartridge level is low 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Alerts tab 2 Click the Set up E mail Alerts page 3 Inthe Address field type the e mail address to which you want messages sent 4 Under the Select Alert Events section Address 1 column select Cartridge low If you want to receive e mail messages for other listed events select the check boxes for those events as well 5 Click Apply You must set up a simple mail transfer protocol SMTP server to send e mail alerts Maintain the device Use HP Toolbox to maintain your device Clean the paper path Use HP Toolbox to clean the device paper path Other How do I 165 Note This method is more thorough than the method of using the cleaning page from the device control panel 1 2 3 Open HP Toolbox and click the Troubleshooting tab Click the Troubleshooting Tools link In the Cleaning Page section click Print The device prints a cleaning page At the device remove all paper from tray 1 and then place the cleaning page print side down in tray 1 In HP Toolbox in the Cleaning Page section click Clean The device sends the cleaning page through the paper path Restore factory set default settings Use HP Too
54. is provided for non HP print cartridges e lf the pages do not print correctly the problem is with the hardware Contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the flyer that came in the device box 4 Print a Demo page from the HP Toolbox If the page prints the problem is with the printer driver Try printing from the other printer driver For example if you are using the PCL 6 printer driver print from the PS printer driver e Use the Add Printer Wizard in the Printers or Printers and Faxes in Windows XP dialog box to install the PS driver 5 Try printing from a different program If the page prints correctly the problem is with the program from which you were printing 6 Restart the computer and the device and try printing again If the problem is not resolved choose one of these options e Ifthe problem is affecting all printed pages see General print quality issues e Ifthe problem is affecting only pages printed in color see Solving issues with color documents General print quality issues The following examples depict letter size paper that has passed through the device short edge first These examples illustrate problems that would affect all of the pages that you print whether you print in color or in black only The topics that follow list the typical cause and solution for each of these examples Print problems 235 Problem Print is light or faded Toner specks appear AaBb
55. job 1 On the device control panel press Reso_ution to show the current resolution setting 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select the appropriate resolution setting 3 Press EnTeER to save the selection This procedure changes the fax resolution for the current fax job For instructions about changing the default fax resolution see Changing the default resolution setting To change the fax contrast or glass scan size you must change the default settings See Changing the default light dark contrast setting or Changing the default glass size setting To send a fax to one recipient 1 Dial the fax number by using one of the following methods Use the alphanumeric buttons on the device control panel to dial the number If the fax number you are calling has been assigned to a one touch key press that key If the fax number you are calling has a speed dial entry press PHONE Book use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the speed dial entry and then press ENTER When dialing by using the alphanumeric buttons include any pauses or additional numbers that are necessary for the call such as an area code an access code for numbers that are outside of a PBX system usually a 9 or a long distance prefix See Using dialing characters for more information 2 Load the document into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray or onto the flatbed scanner Press START Fax 4 Ifyou are scanning from the flatbed scanner pres
56. lt icecetscteceesacdieteedncdeteendiceentenceeseuwiedacdeanaaceceusat oetielianeeetataees 113 To make stamp received faxes available ccccccecceeeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesecaceneeaeeeeeees 113 Setting the fax error COrrectiOn MOE ceceeeeeeee scence ee eeeeeeeeeteeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaees 114 To change the error correction setting cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeetaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaas 114 Changing the V 34 soting saciticseseetcescendteseneitedeceti cvsgsten cd segues TEE EAA ARE RAE AA 115 Porchange the V S4 Seta wcciss ste devcaseecavegnedcnt cuecene euacccienadedes guestah EE EENE 115 9 Scan Understanding scanning Methods cccceeeeeeeeene eee ee entrees eee eaeeeeeesieeeeeeeeeeeeeeeiaeeeenenaas 118 Scanning from the device control panel Windows cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeee 119 Programming the device Scan to button ooo cece ee eeeete eee eeeeee eee teeeaeeeeteeaaeeeseeaaeees 119 Scanning to emal secissseenauesasedh fesdsavedatias idee a a a aetna 9 SCANMING tO a do sses na R a ieeees td aedeuanieeeaasel 119 Canceling a SCAN JOD ooo eee ceeeee ee eeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseneeeeeseeeaeeeseeeaeeeseeaeeesenaees 121 Scanning by using HP Director Windows ccccceeeeeeeee eee ee sent eee eeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaas 122 TO VieW HP Director o oo eeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseneeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseneaeeesen
57. mode or peer to peer printing 148 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW Set my network password Use HP Toolbox to set a network password 1 Open HP Toolbox and click Device Settings 2 Click the Network Settings tab Note If a password has been set for the device previously you will be prompted to type the password Type the password and then click Apply 3 Click Password 4 Inthe Password box type the password you want to set and then in the Confirm password box type the same password again to confirm your choice 5 Click Apply to save the password ENWW Network How do I 149 Photo How do I Note Note Note Use this section to answer photo and memory card questions Print a particular photo from a memory card To print a particular photo directly from the memory card complete the following steps 1 Insert the memory card into the device 2 Press PHoTo 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Print photos 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Select photos and then press Enter 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select Custom and then press Enter 6 Use the alphanumeric keys to enter the number of the photo that you want to print and then press Enter Press Enter again to confirm the print job JPEG files on the memory card are numbered in alphabetical order If you do not know the order of the photos on the memory card you can print an index that shows the photo order For more in
58. number Put the pages that you want to fax into the automatic document feeder ADF Click Pages in Document Tray Click Send Now to send the fax To send a fax directly from another program 1 2 3 4 a In the program open the document you want to send as a fax On the File menu click Print The Print dialog box appears Select HP LaserJet 2830 Fax or HP LaserJet 2840 Fax from the list of devices To change the settings click Properties in the Print dialog box and adjust any settings Click OK when you are finished Click Print The HP LaserJet Send Fax software appears If you have additional pages to fax put them in the automatic document feeder ADF and make sure that Pages in Document Tray is selected If you do not have pages to scan from the ADF make sure that Pages in Document Tray is not selected Click Send Now to send the fax Receive faxes to my computer 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 Inthe Fax Receive Mode section click Receive faxes to this computer 3 If you want to be notified when a fax is received to your computer select Display a message when a fax is received to this computer 4 Click Apply Note All faxes will be received to the computer until you turn off this feature One computer at a time can be set up to receive faxes 156 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW Note Note ENWW Set up speed dials The first several entries in the Fax Phone Book are reserved for spe
59. numbered in alphabetical order If you do not know the order of the photos on the memory card you can print an index that shows the photo order For more information about printing an index see Printing an index Printing photos directly from the memory card 137 Printing photos from a proof sheet This feature allows you to print photos from a proof sheet that allows you to preview your images before printing them A proof sheet can contain as many as 20 images This feature has been optimized and tested for use with Genuine HP Toner Supplies variations in color shading can impact the performance of this feature 1 Insert the memory card into the device See Inserting a memory card 2 Press PHoto 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Proof sheet and then press Enter If more than 20 JPEG files exist on the memory card use the lt or the gt button to select one of the following menu items and then press Enter e All 1 X X represents the number of JPEG files the device detects on the card Selecting this option prints all of the JPEG files on the memory card e Last 20 Selecting this option prints the last 20 JPEG files from the alphabetized list on the memory card e Custom Selecting this option allows you to select certain photos to print Use the alphanumeric keys to enter the first photo number and then press Enter Use the alphanumeric keys to enter the last photo number and then press ENTER 4 Pre
60. of media is jammed in the ADF Open the document release door clear tray the jam close the document release door and reload the paper into the ADF tray If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Document feeder mispick Reload Media in the ADF tray was not picked up Remove the media from the ADF tray and then reload it If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Engine error The device experienced an internal This is a warning message only Job communication error output might be affected Fax delayed send storage full Fax memory is full Cancel the fax by pressing ENTER or CanceL Resend the fax You might need to send the fax in multiple sections if the error occurs again 218 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Fax is busy Canceled send Fax is busy Redial pending Fax memory full Canceling recv ENWW The fax line to which you were sending a fax was busy The device has canceled sending the fax The fax line to which you were sending a fax was busy The device automatically redials the busy number See Changing the redial settings During the fax transmission the device ran out of memory Only the pages that fit into memory will be printed Call the recipient to ensure t
61. of the print job must be the same in the printer driver e Windows Try to set this setting from one of these locations in this order the Page Setup dialog box in the program the Print dialog box in the program or the Paper tab in the printer driver e MacOS 9 2 2 On the General pop up menu in the Print dialog box select the First Page from option Then select the source for the first page e Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 On the Paper Feed pop up menu in the Print dialog box select the First Page from option Then select the source for the first page ENWW Printing on different paper for the first page 49 Printing on both sides duplexing manually To print on both sides of the paper you have to return to the printer and reinsert the paper manually after the first side has printed CAUTION Do not print on both sides of labels or transparencies Damage to the printer and jams might result Note Macintosh operating systems do not support manual duplexing To duplex manually 1 Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job If you are loading special paper such as letterhead load it in one of these ways e For tray 1 load the letterhead paper face down and the bottom edge leading into the printer first e For optional tray 2 load the letterhead paper face up and the top edge toward the back of the tray 1 tray 1 2 optional tray 2 2 Inthe printer driver select the Print on Both Sides option
62. order supplies by using HP Toolbox You can configure HP Toolbox to notify you when the supplies are low You can choose to receive alerts by e mail or as a pop up message or taskbar icon To order supplies by using the HP Toolbox in the Other Links area click Order supplies You must have Internet access to connect to the website For more information see HP Toolbox 202 Chapter 13 Managing supplies ENWW Storing supplies Follow these guidelines for storing print cartridges and the imaging drum e Do not remove the print cartridge or imaging drum from its package until you are ready to use it CAUTION To prevent damage do not expose the print cartridge or imaging drum to light for more than a few minutes e See Environmental specifications for operating and storage temperature ranges e Store the supply in a horizontal position e Store the supply in a dark dry location away from heat and magnetic sources ENWW Storing supplies 203 Replacing and recycling supplies To install a new HP print cartridge or imaging drum follow the instructions that are included in the box that contains the new supply or see the getting started guide To recycle supplies place the used supply in the box in which the new supply arrived Use the enclosed return label to send the used supply to HP for recycling For complete information see the recycling guide that is included with each new HP supply item See HP LaserJet printing supplies
63. print and the fax is not saved in memory Faxes from blocked fax numbers appear in the fax activity log with a discarded designation You can unblock blocked fax numbers individually or all at one time To print a list of numbers that you have blocked see Printing the block fax list To print the fax activity log see Printing the fax activity log To block or unblock a fax number Complete the following steps to block or unblock fax numbers by using the control panel 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Block faxes and then press ENTER 5 Doone of the following To block a fax number use the lt or the gt button to select Add entry and then press Enter Enter the fax number exactly as it appears in the header including spaces and then press Enter Enter a name for the blocked number and then press ENTER To unblock a single fax number use the lt or the gt button to select Delete entry and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select the fax number that you want to delete and then press Enter to confirm the deletions To unblock all blocked fax numbers use the lt or the gt button to select Clear all and then press Enter Press Enter again to confirm the deletions Blocking or
64. received faxes Note ENWW The device prints the sender identification information at the top of each received fax You can also choose to have your own header information included on each received fax to confirm the date and time that the fax was received The factory set default for stamp received faxes is Off This option applies only to received faxes that the device prints To make stamp received faxes available On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Stamp faxes and then press Enter Or 2s NS Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press ENTER to save your selection Creating stamp received faxes 113 Setting the fax error correction mode Usually the device monitors the signals on the telephone line while it is sending or receiving a fax If the device detects an error during the transmission and the error correction setting is On the device can request that the portion of the fax be resent The factory set default for error correction is On You should turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax and you are willing to accept the errors in the transmission Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas or receive one fro
65. right corner of the glass 2 Gently close the lid ENWW Scanning a photo orabook 127 3 Gently press down on the lid to press the book to the flatbed scanner surface 4 You are now ready to scan the book by using one of the scanning methods See Understanding scanning methods for more information 128 Chapter 9 Scan ENWW Scanning by using optical character recognition OCR software You can use third party OCR software to import scanned text into your preferred word processing program for editing Readiris The device software CD ROMs include the Readiris OCR program If you want to use the Readiris program install it from the appropriate software CD ROM and then follow the instructions in the online Help ENWW Scanning by using optical character recognition OCR software 129 Scanner resolution and color If you are printing a scanned image and the quality is not what you expected you might have selected a resolution or color setting in the scanner software that does not match your needs Resolution and color affect the following features of scanned images e Image clarity e Texture of gradations smooth or rough e Scan time e File size Scanning resolution is measured in pixels per inch ppi Color grayscale and black and white define the number of colors possible You can adjust the scanner hardware resolution to up to 1200 ppi The software can perform an enhanced resolution up to 9 600 ppi You
66. set incorrectly You might be sending a fax from the flatbed scanner with the glass fax size set incorrectly The fax cord might not be correctly connected The answer mode or rings to answer settings might not be correctly set The answering machine or telephone might not be functioning Media handling problems Call the recipient to verify that the fax machine is on and ready to receive faxes Verify that the original documents are correctly loaded into the ADF input tray or flatbed scanner See Loading trays If a fax job is in memory for any of these reasons an entry for the job appears in the fax log Print the fax activity log see Printing the fax activity log and check the Status column for jobs that show a Pending designation Verify that the setting is correct See Changing the default glass size setting Verify that the setting is correct See Changing the default glass size setting See the Getting Started Guide to check the installation The device must be the first device connected to the telephone line See Setting the answer mode or Changing the rings to answer setting to determine which settings you need The rings to answer must be set higher than the answering machine setting Connect the telephone or answering machine directly to the telephone line and determine if it works by itself Use the information in this table to solve problems that invol
67. settings such as the page orientation N up printing or the paper source for later use You can save up to a total of 30 Quick Sets For convenience Quick Sets can be selected and saved from most printer driver tabs Printer drivers 41 Note If you are using Windows 2000 you must have Administrator privileges to save Quick Sets e Windows Create Quick Sets from most printer driver tabs Later you can gain access to Quick Sets on the Finishing tab in the printer driver e Mac OS This feature is not supported Reducing or enlarging Fit to Page Use the Fit to Page option to scale your document to a percentage of its normal size You can also choose to scale your document to fit on any size of paper that the printer supports e Windows Gain access to Fit to Page settings on the Effects tab in the printer driver e Mac OS Gain access to Reduce and Enlarge Scale settings in the Page Setup dialog box 42 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW Maximizing print speed for letter size paper ENWW The printer can print at 20 ppm in black on letter size paper When printing letter size pages from tray 2 this happens automatically For tray 1 the printer is set at the factory to print 19 ppm in black on letter size paper To achieve a print speed of 20 ppm from tray 1 set the tray 1 size to letter To set the tray 1 size open the HP Toolbox click the Settings tab click Configure Device and click Paper Handling Set the tray 1 size to lette
68. storage General guidelines Supported media weights and sizes Printing and storage environment 21 General guidelines CAUTION Some media might meet all of the guidelines in this manual and still not produce satisfactory results This problem might be the result of improper handling unacceptable temperature and humidity levels or other variables over which Hewlett Packard has no control Before purchasing large quantities of print media always test a sample and make sure that the print media meets the requirements specified in this user guide and in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide which you can view on the Web at http www hp com support ljpaperguide For ordering information see Accessories and ordering information Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for the printer requiring repair This repair is not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty or service agreements This printer accepts a variety of media such as cut sheet paper including up to 100 percent recycled fiber content paper envelopes labels transparencies glossy paper HP LaserJet Tough paper and custom size paper Properties such as weight composition grain and moisture content are important factors affecting printer performance and output quality Media that does not meet the guidelines outlined in this manual can cause the following problems e Poor print quality e Increased ja
69. telecom statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom nor does it provide any sort of warranty Above all it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom s network services This equipment may not provide for the effective hand over of a call to another device connected to the same line This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111 Emergency Service ENWW New Zealand telecom statements 293 Environmental Product Stewardship program Ozone production This product generates no appreciable ozone gas O3 Energy consumption This product qualifies for ENERGY STAR which is a voluntary program established to encourage the development of energy efficient office products m ENERGY STAR is a U S registered service mark of the U S Environmental Protection Agency As an ENERGY STAR partner Hewlett Packard Company has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR Guidelines for energy efficiency For more information see http www energystar gov Paper use The manual duplex feature two sided printing see Printing on bot
70. text Grayscale for graphics and photos Color if the image is in color Color You can set the color values to the following settings when scanning Recommended use Color Use this setting for high quality color photos or documents in which the color is important Black and White Use this setting for text documents Grayscale Use this setting when file size is an issue or when you want a document or photograph to be scanned quickly ENWW Scanner resolution and color 131 132 Chapter 9 Scan ENWW Note ENWW Photo This section applies only to the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one printer scanner fax copier Use the following instructions to perform photo related tasks Inserting a memory card Changing default settings Changing job settings Printing photos directly from the memory card Printing photos from a proof sheet Printing an index 133 Inserting a memory card Note Note Note The HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one can read the following memory card types e CompactFlash e Memory Stick and Memory Stick PRO e MultiMedia e Secure Digital SD e SmartMedia e xD The HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one memory card reader recognizes only files in JPEG file and SRGB color format when printing from the device control panel To print other file types you must use the software such as HP Image Zone provided on the CD ROMs that came with the device See the software o
71. the Copy Settings tab 3 Reduce Enlarge page 4 Select one of the following options e Standard sizes This option allows you to reduce or enlarge among various standard media sizes e Pages per sheet This option allows you to print more than one original on a page See Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper N up printing for more information e Custom This option allows you to reduce or enlarge at a precise percentage setting 5 When you are finished making changes click Apply 152 Chapter 11 How do I ENWW Fax How do I Note Note ENWW Use this section to answer fax questions Send a fax from the device 1 Dial the fax number by using one of the following methods Use the alphanumeric buttons on the device control panel to dial the number If the fax number you are calling has been assigned to a one touch key press that key If the fax number you are calling has a speed dial entry press PHONE Book use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the speed dial entry and then press ENTER When dialing by using the alphanumeric buttons include any pauses or additional numbers that are necessary for the call such as an area code an access code for numbers that are outside of a PBX system usually a 9 or a long distance prefix See Using dialing characters for more information 2 Load the document into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray or onto the flatbed scanner If you are scanning fr
72. the current job 4 Copy controls Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying For instructions about copying see Copy 5 Scan controls Use these controls to scan to e mail or to a folder For instructions about scanning see Scan s O00 O 2 OO O 2 00 22 fema oo o o DO eqpo o 006 00 HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one printer scanner fax copier 1 Fax controls Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings For information about using the fax controls see Fax 2 Alphanumeric buttons Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the device control panel display and dial telephone numbers for faxing For information about using alphanumeric key characters see Fax 3 Menu and cancel controls Use these controls to select menu options determine the device status and cancel the current job 4 Copy controls Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying For instructions about copying see Copy 5 Photo and scan controls Use these controls to print photos from a memory card or to scan to e mail or to a folder For instructions about using memory cards see Photo For instructions about scanning see Scan Device parts 11 12 Chapter 1 Device basics ENWW ENWW Software This section provides information about the following topics Printer drivers Unin
73. the information on the default paper size for example the fax is reduced from legal to letter size If the fit to page option is turned off long faxes print at full size on multiple pages The factory set default for incoming fax autoreduction is On If you have the stamp received faxes option turned on you might also want to turn on autoreduction This reduces the size of the incoming faxes slightly and prevents the page stamp from forcing a fax onto two pages Note Make sure that the media size setting matches the size of the media that is loaded in the media input tray To change the default media size see Changing the default media size To change autoreduction for incoming faxes On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fit to page and then press Enter oe ON gt Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press ENTER to save your selection 96 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Blocking or unblocking fax numbers Note ENWW If you do not want to receive faxes from specific people or businesses you can block as many as 30 fax numbers by using the control panel When you block a fax number and someone from that number sends you a fax the control panel display indicates that the number is blocked the fax does not
74. troubleshooting 247 249 specifications 6 Quick Sets 41 R Readiris OCR software installing 129 rear output door locating 9 printing to 44 receiving faxes activity log printing 188 answer mode setting 93 autoreduction settings 96 blocking 97 call report printing 188 from telephone line 110 polling 111 reprinting 107 ring patterns settings 94 rings to answer settings 95 silence detect mode 112 stamp received setting 113 to computer 92 to device 85 troubleshooting 256 recycling supplies 204 294 redialing automatically settings 91 manually 81 reducing copies 66 printed documents 42 refilled print cartridges 205 refilling paper 28 312 Index regulatory statements declaration of conformity 297 laser safety 299 removing software 20 repair See service repetitive defects troubleshooting 241 replacing ADF pickup roller assembly 197 imaging drum 168 209 print cartridges 207 reports device Configuration page 178 Demo page 178 language selecting 32 Supplies Status page 179 reports fax activity log 188 billing codes 190 block fax list 190 call last fax sent or received 188 phone book 190 printing all 191 troubleshooting 263 reprinting faxes 107 resizing documents copying 66 printing 42 resolution fax 77 88 print settings 234 scanning 130 specifications 6 RGB color settings 59 ring patterns 94 ring tones distinctive 94 volume adjusting 34 rings to answer setting 95 roller assembly ADF 197 199
75. useful products U S returns 294 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW ENWW For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies HP encourages the use of bulk returns Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use the single pre paid pre addressed UPS label that is supplied in the package For more information in the U S call 800 340 2445 or visit the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program website at http www hp com go recycle Non U S returns Non U S customers should call the local HP Sales and Service Office or visit the http www hp com go recycle website for further information regarding availability of the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program Paper This product is capable of using recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Go to http www hp com support jpaperguide to download this guide in PDF format This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309 Material restrictions This HP product contains mercury in the fluorescent lamp or scanner that may require special handling at end of life This HP product contains lead in solder that may require special handling at end of life This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at end of life Lithium Carbon Monofluoride solid button cell Weight approx 1 gram on formatter
76. v maintenance agreements 285 telephone numbers v websites v SupportPack HP 285 System Settings tab HP Toolbox 184 T technical support Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE v maintenance agreements 285 telephone numbers v websites v telephone lines fax tone volume adjusting 34 telephone numbers HP fraud hotline 206 HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program 295 ordering supplies v service vi support v telephones receiving faxes from 110 sending faxes from 86 temperature specifications device environment 288 paper storing 25 terminology 301 text entering with control panel 75 102 text troubleshooting misformed characters 240 time setting 76 tone dialing 90 toner loose troubleshooting 239 scatter troubleshooting 241 smeared troubleshooting 238 specks troubleshooting 236 toner cartridges See print cartridges Toolbox See HP Toolbox top output bin locating 9 printing to 44 tough paper HP LaserJet 48 transparencies loading 28 specifications 23 48 314 Index tray 1 loading 28 locating 9 maximizing print speed 43 paper specifications 23 See also trays tray 2 loading 29 locating 9 models including 4 5 paper specifications 24 paper length adjustment control 9 partnumber 277 size specifications 287 See also trays trays Configuration page 179 feeding problems troubleshooting 245 included 4 loading 28 locating 9 paper specifications 23 part numbers 277 selecting 40 troublesh
77. 183 dots per inch dpi fax 77 88 print settings 234 specifications 6 dots troubleshooting 236 double sided printing 50 downloading drivers v 16 dpi dots per inch fax 77 88 print settings 234 specifications 6 drivers downloading v 16 help 17 included 4 Macintosh 17 operating systems supported 14 Quick Sets 41 settings 15 uninstalling 20 Windows features 16 drum part numbers 274 drums HP fraud hotline 206 non HP 205 recycling 204 replacing 168 209 specifications 287 status checking 202 storing 203 warranty 283 duplexing 50 E e mail alerts HP Toolbox setting up 182 e mail scanning to Macintosh 123 resolution settings 130 Windows 119 electrical specifications 287 electronic faxes receiving 92 sending 83 embedded Web server 187 energy consumption 287 294 Energy Star compliance 7 ENWW enlarging copies 66 printing documents 42 envelopes output path 44 specifications 23 47 environmental specifications device 288 paper 25 error messages control panel 217 critical 225 error correction setting fax 114 extended warranty vi 285 extension phones receiving faxes from 110 F face down output bin See top output bin face up output door See rear output door faded print 236 fax activity log 188 answer mode 93 autoreduction 96 billing code report printing 190 billing codes 106 blocked list printing 190 blocking 97 call report printing 188 canceling 82 c
78. 2 Rotate the locks on the fuser to the unlocked position The parts on the internal surface of the fuser are very hot To avoid burning yourself do not touch those parts 4 Using both hands slowly and steadily remove any print media from inside the device Then carefully reinsert the fuser and secure the locks 5 Reconnect the power cable and then turn on the device Media jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF Occasionally media becomes jammed during a copy scan or fax job You are notified of a media jam by the Doc feeder jam Clear Reload message that appears on the device control panel display e The ADF input tray is loaded incorrectly or is too full See To load originals into the automatic document feeder ADF for more information e The media does not meet HP specifications such as those for size or type See Media specifications for more information Clearing jams 231 To clear a media jam from the automatic document feeder ADF 1 Open the ADF cover Note Verify that any shipping tape inside the ADF has been removed 2 Remove the jam cleanout part Using both hands lift up on the two handles until the part unsnaps Rotate and lift out the cleanout part and set it aside 232 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW 6 When the media is free gently pull it out in the direction shown i 7 Close the lid to the flatbed scanner 9 Reinstall the cleanout part
79. 4 Ring pattern or distinctive ring service is available through some local telephone companies The service allows you to have more than one telephone number on a single line Each telephone number has a unique ring pattern so that you can answer voice calls and the device can answer fax calls If you subscribe to a ring pattern service with your telephone company you must set the device to answer the correct ring pattern Not all regions countries support unique ring patterns Contact your telephone company to determine if this service is available in your region country If you do not have ring pattern service and you change the ring pattern settings to something other than the default All Rings the device might not be able to receive faxes The settings are as follows e All Rings The device answers any calls that come through the telephone line e Single The device answers any calls that produce a single ring pattern e Double The device answers any calls that produce a double ring pattern e Triple The device answers any calls that produce a triple ring pattern e Double amp Triple The device answers any calls that produce a double ring or triple ring pattern To change ring patterns for call answering To change ring patterns for call answering complete the following steps On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button t
80. 4 Press Start Scan or Enter The scanned item is attached to an e mail message which is then sent automatically to the e mail recipient that you selected Scanning to a folder To scan to a folder by using the Scan To button on the device control panel use the following instructions Scanning from the device control panel Windows 119 Note To use this feature in Windows a folder must be set up in the Scan to tab prior to use See Programming the device Scan to button 1 Load the originals that are to be scanned face up in the automatic document feeder ADF input tray with the top of the document forward and adjust the media guides OR Lift the flatoed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face down on the flatbed scanner with the top left corner of the document located in the lower right corner of the glass Gently close the lid 2 On the device control panel press Scan To Note On the HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one control panel press SCAN To FOLDER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select a folder 4 Press Start Scan or Enter The document is scanned to a file which is then saved in the folder that you selected in step 3 120 Chapter 9 Scan ENWW Canceling a scan job To cancel a scan job use one of the following procedures e On the device control panel press CanceL e Click the Cancel button in the onscreen dialog box If you cancel a scan job remove the original from the flat
81. 9 M Macintosh printing from 39 scanning from device control panel 123 scanning from TWAIN compliant software 126 scanning page by page 125 scanning to e mail 123 scanning to file 124 software features 17 uninstalling software 20 versions supported 14 mailing labels loading 28 output path 44 specifications 23 48 maintenance agreements 285 Manual color options 58 manual dialing 80 manual duplexing 50 manual redialing 81 manuals 2 280 matching color 60 media ADF sizes supported 259 colored paper 46 curled troubleshooting 240 custom sized 45 default size changing 32 envelopes 47 fax autoreduction settings 96 first page different 49 glossy paper 46 heavy paper 47 HP LaserJet Tough paper 48 HP partnumbers 278 jams 228 labels 48 letterhead 46 loading trays 28 long 28 multiple pages per sheet 41 Index 309 output options 44 preprinted forms 46 selecting 22 specifications 23 transparencies 48 tray selection 40 troubleshooting 243 wrinkled 241 memory Configuration page 179 deleting faxes 108 expansion slots 4 fax storage 4 part numbers 275 reprinting faxes 107 memory cards printing pictures troubleshooting 265 troubleshooting 264 memory cards photo inserting 134 Memory Enhancement technology MEt 7 mercury specifications 295 messages control panel 217 messages error 217 Microsoft Windows See Windows Microsoft Word faxing from 84 models 4 monitors color matching 60 multiple pages per sheet 41 mu
82. A EKAA AEEA R 63 Adjusting the copy quality oeessccreccsrcenienren a en TEER 64 To adjust the copy quality for the current job esssssseeseesirrssserrrstierrsssenrssstenrnnstnennnnneen 64 To adjust the default copy quality eeeeeseeessreneseeinreerssrnenseerrrsesnnnnastnenneaennnnnaanannneennanna 64 Adjusting the lighter darker Contrast setting 0 0 eeeeeenneeeeeeeenneeeeeenaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeseeeaas 65 To adjust the lighter darker setting for the current job ssssseesseserssesrrsseerrssesrrssrrrrsseernsns 65 To adjust the default lighter darker setting 0 0 0 ceececeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaeeeeeneaas 65 Reducing or enlarging COPICS eeccerenccnariiriiriniiiii eni EEEE 66 ENWW ENWW To reduce or enlarge copies for the CUrrent jOD cccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeeeeeeeteeeeeenaees 67 To change the default copy SIZE ccceceeeceeeecee cece eeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeseceaaaaeeeeeeeedsesinaeeeeeeees 68 Changing the copy collation Setting i eccceeeeeceeee eee eene eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaas 69 To change the default copy collation Setting ccececeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeaeeeeeeeeeeed 69 Changing the number Of copies 00 0 0 eeeeeeeee teeter teeter eet ee eee eaeeeeenieeeeeetaeeeeetieeeeeeneeeene 70 To change the number of copies for the Current job cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaas 70 To change the default number Of COPIES
83. C compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment This equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant This equipment cannot be used on telephone company provided coin service Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make the necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service If trouble is experienced with this equipment please see the numbers in the front of this manual for repair and or warranty information If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved The following repairs can be done by the customer Replace any original equipment that came with the device This in
84. During printing color 224 W average 217 W average During printing black and 400 W average 400 W average white 400 W average 400 W average ENWW 287 CAUTION Electrical specifications continued tem 110 volt models 220 volt models During standby 20 W average 20 W average Off mode 0 W average 0 W average Power requirements are based on the country region where the device is sold Do not convert operating voltages This will damage the device and void the product warranty Environmental specifications device and print 20 to 27 C 15 to 32 5 C 0 to 40 C cartridge 68 to 81 F 59 to 90 5 F 32 to 104 F Temperature Relative humidity 20 to 70 percent 10 to 80 percent 95 percent or less Values are subject to change See http www hp com support clj2800series for current information Acoustic emissions HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one Sound Power Level Declared per ISO 9296 Printing 20 ppm Lwaa 6 6 Bels A 66 dB A Printing 20 ppm Loam 52 dB A SPL Bystander Position Declared per ISO 9296 TAcoustic values are subject to change See A Gorn SUDO TSI SSOOSSNES for current information 288 Appendix C Device specifications ENWW D Regulatory information Introduction ENWW This section contains the following regulatory information Telephone Consumer Protection Act United States IC CS 03 requirements EU stateme
85. European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard GmbH Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 140 D 71034 B blingen FAX 49 7031 14 3143 USA Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise Idaho 83707 0015 Phone 208 396 6000 ENWW Declaration of conformity 297 Declaration of conformity Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Company Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP Color LaserJet 2830 and 2840 all in one Regulatory Model Number BOISB0408 01 Product Options ALL conforms to the following Product Specifications Safety IEC 60950 1999 EN60950 2000 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 1996 A2 2001 EN 60825 1 1994 A11 1996 A2 2001 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 1995 EMC CISPR 22 1998 EN 55022 1998 Class B EN 61000 3 2 2000 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 2001 EN 55024 1998 A1 2001 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class B ICES 003 Issue 3 GB9254 1998 TELECOM TBR 21 1998 EG 201 121 1998 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC the R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC Annex II and carries the CE Marking accordingly 1 The product was tested in a typical configur
86. Fax Problems View Help topics that can help you solve fax problems e Memory Card Problems View Help topics that can help you solve memory card problems e Connectivity Problems View Help topics that can help you solve networking problems e Troubleshooting Tools Employ such troubleshooting tools as a cleaning page or a color troubleshooting page to maintain the device e Animated Demonstrations View animated Help demonstrations for the device Note Other tabs on HP Toolbox might be helpful in troubleshooting device problems For information about the other tabs on HP Toolbox see HP Toolbox Service menu Use the control panel Service menu to troubleshoot device problems Restoring the factory set defaults Restoring the factory set defaults returns all of the settings to the factory defaults and it also clears the fax header name and phone number 270 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW CAUTION Note ENWW This procedure clears fax numbers and names that are associated with one touch keys and speed dial codes and deletes any pages that are stored in the memory The procedure then automatically restarts the device To restore the factory set defaults 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Service and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Restore defaults and then press Enter The device automatically restarts Cleaning the paper path T
87. Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Send setup and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Def Glass Size and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select the correct paper size setting A4 or Letter Oe OW ei Or IN a Press Enter to save your selection Changing the default glass size setting 89 Selecting tone dialing or pulse dialing mode Use this procedure to set the device to tone dialing or pulse dialing mode The factory set default is Tone Do not change this setting unless you know that your telephone line cannot use tone dialing To select tone dialing or pulse dialing On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Send setup and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Dialing Mode and then press ENTER Or er INS Use the lt or the gt button to select Tone or Pulse and then press ENTER to Save your selection Note The pulse dialing option is not available in all regions countries 90 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Changing the redial settings If the device was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer or was busy the device attempts to redial based on the redial on busy redial on no answer and redial on communication error options Use the procedures in this section to tur
88. HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 User Guide HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one User Guide Copyright and License 2004 Copyright Hewlett Packard Development Company LP Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Part number Q3948 90901 Edition 1 12 2004 FCC Requirements United States This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy If not installed and used in accordance with the instructions it may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the eq
89. Invalid driver You are using the incorrect printer driver Reselect the printer driver appropriate for your device Invalid entry Invalid data or response Correct the entry Invalid Memory Card The proof sheet does not match the files Remove the memory card and insert the on the memory card correct memory card Mem low 1 copy Press cancel The device completed making one copy Press Cance to clear the error Break The remaining copies have been the job into smaller jobs that contain canceled because of low device memory fewer pages Memory Card is in backwards The memory card was inserted Remove turn and reinsert the card backwards into the card slot Memory is low Try again later The device does not have enough Wait until the current job is finished memory to start a new job before starting a new job ENWW Control panel messages 221 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Recommended action Memory is low Press Enter The device memory has been almost Allow the device to finish the job or completely filled press Enter to cancel the job Memory low Only 1 copy made The device does not have enough Break the job into smaller jobs that memory to complete the collated copy contain fewer pages job No Dial Tone The device could not detect a dial tone Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start Fax Unplug the telephone cord from both the device and the wall and replug the cord
90. L INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you ENWW Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement 281 THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU 282 Appendix B Service and support ENWW Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited Warranty Statement ENWW This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship This warranty does not apply to products that a have been refilled refurbished remanufactured or tampered with in any way b experience problems resulting from misuse improper storage or operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or c exhibit wear from ordinary use To obtain warranty service please return the product to place of purchase with a written description of the problem and print samples or contact HP customer support At HP s option HP will either replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANT Y IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER
91. L6 View and change the PCL6 settings PostScript View and change the PS settings Memory Card View and change the default device memory card settings HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only 184 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW Fax Settings tab The Fax Settings tab contains links to the following main pages e General Change such basic fax settings as the fax header and error reporting e Fax Send Change such fax send settings as resolution and redial e Fax Receive Change such fax receive settings as the answer mode and the fit to page option e Fax Setup Wizard Start the Fax Setup Wizard to set up the device fax settings Copy Settings tab The Copy Settings tab contains links to the following main pages e Copy Change such default copy settings as number of copies and contrast e Reduce Enlarge Change the reduction enlargement settings for the device Network Settings tab The network administrator can use the Network Settings tab to control the network related settings for the device when it is connected to an IP based network HP Toolbox links The HP Toolbox links at the left of the screen provide links to the following options e Select a device Select from all of the HP Toolbox enabled devices e View current alerts View the current alerts for all devices that have been set up You must be printing to view the current alerts e Text only page View HP Toolbox as a site map that links to
92. MITED WARRANTY HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one One year limited warranty HP warrants to you the end user customer that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase for the period specified above If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase for the period specified above due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free If HP is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by HP
93. Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the device Unplug the device telephone cord from the wall plug in a telephone and try making a voice call Plug the device phone cord into a jack for another phone line See Changing the detect dial tone setting If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box No document sent The device did not scan any pages orit Try sending the fax again did not receive any pages from the computer to transmit a fax No fax answer Redial pending The receiving fax line did not answer Allow the device to retry sending the fax The device attempts to redial after a few Call the recipient to ensure that the fax minutes machine is on and ready Check that you are dialing the correct fax number If the device continues to redial unplug the device telephone cord from the wall plug in a telephone and try making a voice call Plug the device phone cord into a jack for another phone line Try a different phone cord If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box 222 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Recommended action No fax answer Canceled send Attempts to redial a fax number failed or Call the recipient to ensure that the fax the Redial no a
94. Open the rear output bin or use long grain paper Print is skewed crooked The media guides might be Remove all media from the incorrectly adjusted input tray straighten the stack and then load the media in the input tray again Adjust the media guides to the width and length of the media that you are using and try printing again More than one sheet feeds at The media tray might be Remove some of the media one time overloaded from the tray See Loading trays The media might be wrinkled Verify that the media is not folded or damaged wrinkled folded or damaged Try printing on media from a new or different package ENWW Copy problems 253 Problem Device does not pull media from the media input tray The device might be in manual feed mode The pickup roller might be dirty or damaged The paper length adjustment control in tray 2 HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only is set at a length that is greater than the media size Performance problems Problem No copy came out 254 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The input tray might be empty The original might have been loaded incorrectly If Manual feed appears on the device control panel display press Enter to print the job Verify that the device is not in manual feed mode and print your job again Contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Adjust the paper length adjustm
95. PP color LaserJet 28201283012840 all in one e TCP IP e LPD e 9100 Memory card slot HP Color LaserJet 2840 all The device can read the following memory card in one only types CompactFlash Ultra CompactFlash Smart Media Memory Stick Secure Digital Multi Media Card XD Card For more information see Photo Enhanced memory and memory expansion The device comes with 96 MB of memory and can be expanded to 224 MB by using the DIMM slot Most documents can be printed with the standard amount of memory with the aid of Memory Enhancement technology MEt MEt automatically compresses data virtually doubling the device memory and accommodating more complex printing with available memory Energy savings The device automatically conserves electricity by substantially reducing power consumption when it is not printing As an ENERGY STAR partner Hewlett Packard Company has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency ENERGY STAR is a U S registered service mark of the United States Environmental Protection Agency Economical printing N up printing printing more than one page on a sheet and two sided printing using manual duplexing saves paper See Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper N up printing and Printing on both sides duplexing manually A Supplies Status page with print cartridge and imaging drum gauges that show the supply levels that remain For HP sup
96. See Printing photos directly from the memory card or Printing photos from a proof sheet Note The settings return to their default value after the memory card has been removed If you want to change the settings permanently see Changing default settings 136 Chapter 10 Photo ENWW Printing photos directly from the memory card Note ENWW To print photos directly from the memory card complete the following steps 1 2 3 4 5 Insert the memory card into the device See Inserting a memory card Press PHoto Use the lt or the gt button to select Print photos Use the lt or the gt button to select Select photos and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select one of the following menu items and then press Enter e All 1 X X represents the number of JPEG files the device detects on the card Selecting this option prints all of the JPEG files on the memory card Press ENTER again to confirm the print job e Custom Selecting this option allows you to select certain photos to print Use the alphanumeric keys to enter photo numbers Use the key to insert a comma between photo numbers or use the key to insert a dash which allows you to print a range of photos For example enter 1 9 to have the device print the nine photos numbered 1 through 9 When you have finished entering photo numbers press Enter Press Enter again to confirm the print job JPEG files on the memory card are
97. Settings tab and then click Receive Settings 3 On the Receive Settings page you can modify these options e Answer Mode e Automatic e Rings to Answer available only if Automatic is selected e Answer Ring Pattern available only if Automatic is selected e Manual e Receive Options e Extension Phone e Fit To Page e Silence Detection e Stamp Received Faxes 4 Click Apply to save the changes that you make on these pages Create a fax cover page You can create a fax cover page in the HP LaserJet Send Fax software by using one of the cover page templates that are supplied with the software 154 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW To create a cover page template 1 On the Windows taskbar click Start click Programs or All Programs in Windows XP and then click HP 2 Click HP LaserJet 2830 or HP LaserJet 2840 and then click HP LaserJet Send Fax Click Cover Page 4 Enter the following information about the recipient and the fax e phone number required e name e company e subject e notes 5 Place the pages that you want to fax in the automatic document feeder ADF 6 Click Pages in Document Tray 7 Select one of the cover page templates from the drop down list To view the cover page click Preview 8 Click Send Now to send the fax To create a cover page from a program You can create a fax cover page in a program such as Microsoft Word and then use the fax cover pages for the faxes that you send 1 Create your c
98. The original is scanned and saved Click Done to close HP LaserJet Scan Scanning to a software program To scan to a software program you scan an item using the program itself Any TWAIN compliant program can scan an image If the program that you are using is not TWAIN compliant you can save the scanned image to a file and then place open or import the file in the software program For more information see Scanning by using TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant software 124 Chapter9 Scan ENWW Note ENWW Using page by page scanning For best results load originals in the automatic document feeder ADF input tray not the flatbed scanner 1 ono an A Load the originals that are to be scanned face up in the ADF input tray Adjust the media guides to hold the originals in place If the device is connected directly to your computer the HP Director opens after you insert an item into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray If the HP Director does not automatically open double click the desktop alias for the HP Director To open the HP LaserJet Scan dialog box click the HP LaserJet Scan button in the HP Director Specify an image type Click Scan After the scan process has finished click Scan next page Repeat step 6 for each page of the original After all of the pages have been scanned click Send Now OR Click the Save As icon to save the pages to a file Scanning from the device and HP Dir
99. Toolbox online Help 61 Starting a copy job To make copies with the device use the following instructions 1 Load your original document onto the flatbed scanner face down one page at a time with the upper left corner of the document located in the lower right corner of the glass OR Load your original document face up into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray The ADF is recommended for copying multiple page documents 2 Press Start Black or START CoLoR on the device control panel to start copying 3 Repeat the process for each copy For more detailed instructions about loading originals onto the flatbed scanner or into the ADF input tray see Loading documents to scan Note If originals are loaded in the ADF input tray and are also on the flatbed scanner the device automatically scans from the ADF regardless of whether an original has been placed on the flatbed scanner 62 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW Canceling a copy job To cancel a copy job press CanceL on the device control panel If more than one process is running pressing CanceL clears the process that currently appears on the device control panel display Note If you cancel a copy job clear the original document from the flatbed scanner or from the automatic document feeder ADF ENWW Canceling a copy job 63 Adjusting the copy quality The factory set default for copy quality is Text This setting is the best for items that contain mostly text
100. WW 3 Grasp the fuser handles and pull them to remove the fuser from the device CAUTION The parts on the internal surface of the fuser are very hot To avoid burning yourself do not touch those parts 4 Using both hands slowly and steadily remove any print media from inside the device Then carefully reinsert the fuser and secure the locks 5 Reconnect the power cable and then turn on the device To clear a media jam from the automatic document feeder ADF 1 Open the ADF cover Note Verify that any shipping tape inside the ADF has been removed 2 Remove the jam cleanout part Using both hands lift up on the two handles until the part unsnaps Rotate and lift out the cleanout part and set it aside ENWW Other How do I 173 4 Lifting the green lever rotate the pick mechanism until it stays open Open the ADF lid and gently loosen the media by using both hands When the media is free gently pull it out in the direction shown a 7 Close the lid to the flatbed scanner 9 Reinstall the cleanout part by inserting it as shown Push down on the two tabs until the part snaps into place Install the cleanout part correctly because future jamming might occur if the cleanout part is not replaced correctly 174 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW 10 Close the ADF lid Order new supplies You can order supplies by using HP Toolbox To order supplies complete the following steps 1 O
101. Windows Start menu click Programs or All Programs in Windows XP click HP click HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 and then click HP Toolbox After you open the URL you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future 2 HP Toolbox opens in a Web browser The HP Toolbox software contains the following sections e Status tab e Faxtab e Scan to tab e Troubleshooting tab e Documentation tab e Device Settings pages e HP Toolbox links e Other links HP Toolbox 181 Status tab The Status tab contains links to the following main pages Device Status View device status information This page indicates device conditions such as a jam or an empty tray After you correct a problem with the device click Refresh Status to update the device status Supplies Status View detailed supplies status such as the estimated percent of toner remaining in the print cartridge and the number of pages that have been printed with the current print cartridge This page also has links to order supplies and to find recycling information Set up Status Alerts Set up the device to send you pop up alerts for certain events such as low toner levels Set up E mail Alerts Set up the device to send you e mail alert messages for certain events such as low toner levels Device Configuration View a detailed description of the current device configuration including the amount of memory installed and whether optional tra
102. a EA E 11 2 Software Printer drivers aicic seduce ssiri aaia a a aa aaa aaa e ie ia aaaeaii A Software and supported operating systemS ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeneaaees 14 DSOMWAME tPS lt cdvecicaavcruveanhandanycecvecunadapeduanrioveaaddesavaancveass en aiuatannaehedecaeg andaddentease aaa 15 Software for Wind OWS essaia naaa aaa a a eld aaa aaaea aaa AE 16 Software for Macintosh ccccccceccececceceeceseseeaeaeaeasaeesseeeseseeseseeseeeeesesessssesesssssessssesesed L HIP TOOIDOX iont a aa a sau aa Eaa a aaea a 17 Embedded Web server EWS c ccccesteaceeseseceeeeeesecnerseseceeeeeesneneeedcenersnsnecaeesesneeeeensanes 18 Software INStallathon ssanie ea a A a Aaaa Aa a Aa 18 Uninstalling the printing SOfWare eee eee ee eenee ee eeeeee eee vine ENNEA NEREAREN EARR 20 Using Add or Remove Programs to uninstall 0 eecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaas 20 Uninstalling software for Macintosh 000 00 ccceeeeeeeeeeee erent nese tneee ee taeeeeeetaeeeetaeeeeetieeeen 20 3 Media specifications General guidelines i225 caesecee cance sanis En sted iecketageieebe epee ad ise vba Alecia Sa aad 22 Supported media weights and SIZES c cccceeceeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeesegeaeaeeeeeeeeesegdeneiaaseeeeeeeteees 23 Printing and storage environment ccc ceeeeeeeeeenee eee eeeae eee eeeeaaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeseeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeneaas 25 4 Using the device Loading Ways si
103. a cleaning page or a color troubleshooting page to maintain the device Animated Demonstrations View animated Help demonstrations for the device Documentation tab The Documentation tab contains links to the following main pages Print How Do I View the How Do I Help for print problems Fax How Do I View the How Do I Help for fax problems Copy How Do I View the How Do I Help for copy problems Scan How Do I View the How Do I Help for scan problems Photo How Do I View the How Do I Help for memory card problems Network How Do I View the How Do Help for network problems Other How Do I View the How Do I Help for other device problems User Guide View information about the device usage warranty specifications and support that you are currently reading The user guide is available in both HTML and PDF format Readme View important information about the device that is not available in the user guide The late breaking readme contains last minute information about the device in English only HP Toolbox 183 Device Settings pages When you click the Device Settings button HP Toolbox displays the device settings available for your device The Device Settings screen has the following tabs System Settings Print Settings Fax Settings Copy Settings Network Settings Note Printer driver settings can override settings that are made in HP Toolbox System Settings tab The System Settings tab contains l
104. aaeeesenaaeees 122 ENWW ENWW Scanning from the device and HP Director Macintosh 0 ee ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeettaeeeeeeeaas 123 SCANNING to emal nesses e a E aed seepenaeed testa 2S Scanning TO Sa TE sanie a i a E EE AR 124 Scanning to a software program ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeteeeeaeeeseeeaeeeeeeeaaeees 124 Using page by page SCANNING 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseneaeeeseeeaaeeseeeaeeeseaeeeeeeaaees 125 Scanning by using TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant software 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 126 Using TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant software cscceceeeeeeeeeeeeseeteeeaeeees 126 scanning a photo or a DOOK i iicciitei iti in EEE Wi deeded ieee 127 SCANNING a POO ooo eee eee rana aA EEE EEEE AE 127 Scanning A DOOK ceirscrcsrraii ri ei E E E a E Scanning by using optical character recognition OCR software eseese 129 Reading ceceni innana ARE eeedeieii E TT E 129 Scanner resolution and color seeeessseeessrreseerneeessnnsstinnedinnnnaattnnndattnnntananannnnaaaannnaa annann aae 130 Resolution and color guidelines 0 cccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeseeeaeeeeeseenaaeeeeeeaaees 130 CONOR Sacco a iE cain cet ees So ae EEES ede eased Ge beatae a E 131 10 Photo Inserting a memory card eee cece ee eeeeeee eee eee eter eeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeseeeaaeeeseeeaeeeseeeneeeeseaes 134 Changing default Senge si sic bssescececi les ece
105. aeesseseereeessinseerreerirnsirrneennnnsenatanannaatannaaninnnatanaaanannaaana 204 HP policy on non HP supplies 2 0 2 2 2 ceeeeeeeeeeee eee ee cece eeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeesecaaaeaecaeeeeeeeeeetenesesasees 205 Resetting the printer for non HP supplies ccccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeieaeeas 205 HP fraud KONE 2 sees ate acle soviet cece gana A tevin cc nausea hahaa cas adeno ane ee 206 Changing a printcartridge ss ccchetiseecseeeteiieedividiiewcalaeuae tained ieee nade 207 To replace a print Cartridge ccccceecececceececeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeesesasaaeceeeeeeseensneeeeeess 207 Changing the imaging Gru 2c cecces cece cecsinneedeevesnecceeveeenecedeviaadedeevnnedeueveiaddedsinaadeveevunane 209 To change the imaging drum eee eeeeeeeeeeeee ee tete ee ee ette ee ee taeee setae eeeteeeestieeeseetaeeeenea 209 14 Troubleshooting Support Strate Gy 2 ceccceeccccceeeeecececeeeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeenseaaeaesssaceeeeessaeacenenseeceeeseesseceeeetneneaeeennaaes 212 Troubleshooting proCess ai 2 cccediniciieeensieds da i EEE E EEEE EEE 213 Troubleshooting checklist eee eee eeeee ee eeeeeee eee eeeee eee eeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeaaeeeeseeiaeeeeeenaes 213 Control panel Messages 4 0e 00 i es 4 dierent eee eda eee ee 217 Alert and warning messages 1 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ettee eee tie ee eet e ee eee renee eeeeeeeeeaeeeeetiaeeeene 217 Critical error MeSSaGeS cessed scesenatiet Asante a A tea lacedte
106. ain as many as 20 images This feature has been optimized and tested for use with Genuine HP Toner Supplies variations in color shading can impact the performance of this feature 1 Insert the memory card into the device 2 Press PHoto 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Proof sheet and then press ENTER If more than 20 JPEG files exist on the memory card use the lt or the gt button to select one of the following menu items and then press Enter e All 1 X X represents the number of JPEG files the device detects on the card Selecting this option prints all of the JPEG files on the memory card e Last 20 Selecting this option prints the last 20 JPEG files from the alphabetized list on the memory card e Custom Selecting this option allows you to select certain photos to print Use the alphanumeric keys to enter the first photo number and then press Enter Use the alphanumeric keys to enter the last photo number and then press ENTER 4 Press Enter again to confirm the print job 5 Under each photo that you want to print color in the oval or bubble with a dark blue or black pen Also fill the bubbles to indicate the image layout and media type 6 Place the proof sheet face down on the flatbed scanner with the upper left corner of the document located in the lower right corner of the glass 7 Press PHoto 8 Use the lt or the gt button to select Proof sheet and then press Enter 9 Use the lt or t
107. alog box select the tray or type of media on the Paper Feed pop up menu Selecting a type or size You can print by source tray or by type or size If you are printing on special print media such as heavy paper it is important to print by type to achieve good results To print by type or size follow these steps For Macintosh operating systems types and sizes are all grouped together under the Paper Source pop up menu e Windows In the printer driver select a type in the Type is field of the Paper tab Or select a size from the Size is field For some paper such as letterhead you select both a type and size e Mac OS 9 2 2 In the Print dialog box select a type on the Paper Source pop up menu on the General pull up menu e Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 In the Print dialog box select the tray or type of media on the Paper Feed pull up menu 40 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW Note ENWW Printing in grayscale If you have a document that you created in color it will automatically print in color Or you can set the printer to print a color document in grayscale black and white only e Windows Select the Print In Grayscale option on the Color tab of the printer driver e Mac OS In the Print dialog box select the Color Options tab and then select the Print Color as Gray checkbox Creating and using watermarks Use the watermark options to specify that text be placed underneath in the background of an existing document For e
108. and then turn on the power and wait for the device to initialize If a surge protector is being used remove it Plug the device directly into the wall socket Use the power switch to turn the device on If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the device to initialize If a surge protector is being used remove it Plug the device directly into the wall socket Use the power switch to turn the device on If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the device to initialize If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the device to initialize If you have recently installed a memory DIMM in the device turn off the device remove the memory DIMM reinstall the DIMM to verify that it is seated properly and then turn on the device If a surge protector is being used remove it Plug the device directly into the wall socket Use the power switch to
109. and send the job to print After the job finishes printing remove any blank paper from tray 1 Insert the printed stack with the blank side up and the top edge leading into the printer Print the second side from tray 1 4 Press Enter to continue printing 50 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW Printing booklets Note Note ENWW Printing booklets is not supported for Macintosh You can print booklets on letter legal or A4 print media To print booklets 1 Load the print media in the media input tray 2 In the software program open the device properties printer driver 3 On the Finishing tab select Print on Both Sides If the Print on Both Sides option is dimmed or unavailable open the device properties printer driver For instructions see Software tips On the Device Settings tab or the Configure tab select the option to allow manual duplexing and then click OK Repeat steps 2 and 3 Not all device features are available for all printer drivers or operating systems See the device properties driver online Help for information about the available features for the driver 4 Set the number of pages per sheet to two Select the appropriate binding option and click OK 5 Print the booklet 6 After side one has been printed remove the remaining paper from the input tray and set it aside until your booklet job is complete AA N Na Printing booklets 51 8 Place the pa
110. and then click Print The Print dialog box appears In the Print dialog box click Properties On the Paper or Quality tab select the correct media size Software settings can override changes to the device properties Click OK Print the document Change the device print settings such as volume or print quality in HP Toolbox To change the default print settings in HP Toolbox complete the following steps The changes that you make to the print settings in HP Toolbox apply to all future print jobs Open HP Toolbox and click Device Settings Click the System Settings tab On the System Settings tab you can modify settings that appear on the following pages Each page offers Help for more information e Device Information e Paper Handling e Print Quality e Print Density e Print Modes e System Setup e Volumes e Date Time e Service e Device Polling e Save Restore Click Apply to save the changes that you make on these pages If you have similar settings in the printer driver those settings take priority over the settings that are established in HP Toolbox Note 1 2 3 4 5 7 Note 8 9 Note 1 2 3 4 Note ENWW Print How dol 145 Print color documents from my computer in black and white only For users of Windows 2000 and Windows XP 32 bit operating systems two HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one print drivers are installed during the installation process the HP Color Lase
111. ange the redial on communication error Option 0 ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 91 Receiving faxes to your COMPUTER s es sssisiirrninieerrxniankkki inin naaNN NRE NANNA MANA ANNANN NNNNA ANANKA RREAN NENEN 92 To turn off the receive to PC setting from the control panel sessssssesrrrsssserrrsssersrrrssreees 92 setting the answer MOda anse innsinn inana EENEN NEENA AEA EENAA ETAN 93 ix TO SEt the ANSWEF MOE sais cccecicaSs adh cesin woken a aAa a aaa aoaaa 93 Changing ring patterns for Call answering eee ee ceeeee ee ettee cette etteee eee taeeeeeeetaaeeeeeeteeeeeeee 94 To change ring patterns for Call answering ce eeeeeeeeeeente eee eeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaas 94 Changing the rings to answer Setting eee centr etter teeta ee erties eee teeeeeetiieeeeeeneeeeee 95 Using the rings to answer Setting 0 eee eeeere eee ee tne etre eine nese ee teeeeeeteeeeeetieeeeerenea 95 To set the number of rings tO ANSWEF cece eeeeeeee ee eeeene tees eeeaaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeeeseeeaas 95 Changing autoreduction settings for INCOMING faxes eect eeeeete eee teeeee eee teeeaaeeeteeenaeeeey 96 To change autoreduction for incoming faxes 000 0 eee cette eee eeeeee eee teeeeeeeeteeeeaeeeeeeeenaees 96 Blocking or unblocking fax numbers c cece eee eect ente eee ee ecaae test eaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeeeeeaas 97 To block or unblock a fax NUMDETD osrcrcccrcrcinerieieiiriii 97 About speed
112. aniecenuiagernidecne ane 225 Cleaning ame cerere eave beewecestsieeuetonebate ced lacie tuecctaceedelent eetesens E 228 Media jams occur in the device 00 0 eee eeeceeeteeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeseneaeeeteeaeeees 228 Media jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenees 231 Print problem Sison a a aa Ea aaa Sa aA E Ea 234 Print quality problems ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeceeeeeeeeeeeececsecaaeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeseesecscacneeeeeeeess 234 Media handling problems ccccccccseecccccteesecneneeseenaeneeeeeaceenedsacenseeseaaeteenseaaesteeeanennenses 243 Performance problems ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeesenaeeaeeeeeeeseeseceanaeeaeeeeeeeseneeeseneeeeeees 245 Scan PFODISIMS nisnin a cavabandsddsdvencdeenencaddexeatienmbeaades 247 Solving scanned image problemS ssseessssesesrrreessrnnesteennaannnnnnaaaeennnaaanannaatennnaanannaaaeenan 247 Scan Quality problems sxinssiiieirianinandana a aa Ae aaa a aaa Madana Aaaa 249 COpy problems icenen a E a a a denn AAAA DENAR EA EENE 251 Preventing problems seseruirisisiaratiria nonita iaa E TOA AE AA 251 image PrODISIMNS crre a E 251 Media andling problems assisrnsreiir inniinn inann RENAK ANANE AAK RRT ANNEN 252 Performance problems cccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesenaeeaeeeeeeeseesecaeaecaeeeeeeeseseneneseeeeees 254 FAX problems ticccstasdeustagectescaadenennh andacesavenendensamands a a a naiai aaa 256
113. ate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document s The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user s satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment or equipment malfunctions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system if present are connected together This precaution can be particularly important in rural areas Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves but should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority or electrician as appropriate The Ringer Equivalence Number REN of this device is 0 7 Notice The Ringer Equivalence Number REN assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface
114. ation with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems Compliance testing of product to standard with exception of Clause 9 5 which is not yet in effect 2 This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the marketing name or the product number s Boise Idaho USA December 1 2004 For regulatory topics only Australia Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard GmbH Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 140 D 71034 B blingen FAX 49 7031 14 3143 USA Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise Idaho 83707 0015 Phone 208 396 6000 298 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Country region specific safety statements WARNING ENWW Laser safety statement The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1 1976 Compliance is ma
115. ave been sent from the HP Workplace for Macintosh compatible computers that are directly connected to the device To print the fax activity log Use the following steps to print a fax activity log 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Activity log and then press Enter 4 Press Enter to select Print log now The device exits the menu settings and prints the log To set the fax activity log to print automatically You can decide whether or not you want the fax log to print automatically after every 40 entries The factory set default is On Use the following steps to set the fax activity log to print automatically 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Activity log and then press ENTER 4 Press the gt button once to select Auto Log Print and then press ENTER 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select On and then press Enter to confirm your selection Printing a fax call report A fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received 188 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW Note Note ENWW To print a fax call report 1 2 3 4 On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or
116. bed scanner or from the automatic document feeder ADF input tray Note These procedures vary with Macintosh operating systems ENWW Canceling ascanjob 121 Scanning by using HP Director Windows Use the HP Director software program to scan a document or photo To view HP Director e Double click the HP Director icon on the Windows desktop OR e On the Windows taskbar click Start click Programs or All Programs in Windows XP click HP and then click HP Director For detailed instructions about scanning from HP Director see the HP Director online Help 122 Chapter 9 Scan ENWW Scanning from the device and HP Director Macintosh Note ENWW The procedures described in this section are for Macintosh OS 10 2 and 10 3 Procedures for Macintosh OS 9 2 2 might vary For more information about tasks and settings described in this section see the HP Director online Help For more detailed instructions about loading original documents onto the flatbed scanner or into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray see Loading documents to scan Scanning to e mail 1 Load the originals that are to be scanned face up in the automatic document feeder ADF input tray Adjust the media guides to hold the originals in place OR Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face down on the flatbed scanner with the upper left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass Ge
117. ber line a technology that enables a high speed direct connection to the Internet through telephone lines Glossary 301 e mail electronic mail fax fax functions fax settings file format grayscale halftone HP Director HP Toolbox ISDN link 302 Glossary An abbreviation for electronic mail Software that can be used to electronically transmit items over a communications network An abbreviation of facsimile The electronic encoding of a printed page and the transmission of the electronic page over a telephone line The device software can send items to electronic fax programs which require a modem and fax software Fax related tasks that are done from the control panel or software that affect only the current job or are done only once before returning to the Ready state such as clearing memory These functions are in their own section in the control panel menu Fax related items that when set or changed continue to use the choice made until changed again An example would be the number of times set for the device to redial a busy number These settings are in their own section of the control panel menu The way the contents of a file are structured by a program or group of programs Shades of gray that represent light and dark portions of an image when color images are converted to grayscale colors are represented by various shades of gray An image type that simulates grayscale by varying the num
118. ber of dots Highly colored areas consist of a large number of dots while lighter areas consist of a smaller number of dots A software screen that is used when working with documents When the document is loaded into the automatic document feeder ADF and the computer is connected directly to the device the HP Director appears on the computer screen to initiate faxing copying or scanning The HP Toolbox is a Web page that opens in a Web browser and provides access to the device management and troubleshooting tools embedded Web server and device documentation HP Toolbox does not support Windows 98 Windows ME or Macintosh operating systems Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN is a suite of internationally adopted standards for end to end digital communication over the public telephone network A connection to a program or device that can be used to send information from the device software to other programs such as e mail electronic fax and OCR links ENWW optical character recognition OCR software pixels per inch ppi printer driver private branch exchange PBX OCR software converts an electronic image of text such as a scanned document into a form that word processor spreadsheet and database programs can use A measurement of resolution that is used for scanning Generally more pixels per inch result in a higher resolution more visible detail in the image and a larger file size A printer driv
119. blem The scan takes too long The resolution or color level is set too high Change the resolution and color level settings to the correct settings for your job See Scanner resolution and color The software is set to scan in The system default is color color which takes longer to scan even when scanning a monochrome original If you acquire an image through TWAIN or WIA you can change the settings so that the original scans in grayscale or black and white See the device software Help for details A print job or copy job was sent If someone sent a print job or before you tried to scan copy job before you tried to scan the scan will start if the scanner is not busy However because the printer and scanner share memory the scan might be slower Scan quality problems This section provides information about improving scan quality by preventing or correcting problems Preventing problems The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy and scan quality e Use the flatbed scanner rather than the automatic document feeder ADF input tray to scan e Use high quality originals e Load the media correctly If the media is loaded incorrectly it might skew which causes unclear images See Loading trays for instructions e Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page See Scanner resolution and color for more information e f your device freque
120. blocking fax numbers About speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries Using dialing characters Inserting a dial prefix Sending a delayed fax Changing the detect dial tone setting Using billing codes Reprinting a fax Deleting faxes from memory Using fax forwarding Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes Using fax polling 73 Changing the silence detect mode Creating stamp received faxes Setting the fax error correction mode Changing the V 34 setting Note Many of the functions that are described in this chapter also can be performed by using the HP Toolbox For instructions about using the HP Toolbox see the HP Toolbox online Help 74 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Specifying the fax settings Note Note ENWW Before you can begin using the device fax features you must complete the following tasks e Setting the time and date e Setting the fax header If you are installing the device software on your computer you can skip the remaining instructions in this chapter The software installer automatically helps you to set up the fax settings unless you are using Microsoft Windows 95 or Windows NT In the United States and many other regions countries setting the time date and other fax header information is a legal requirement To enter text from the control panel Use the following instructions to enter information from the device
121. buttons to enter the current time Complete one of the following actions If you specified the 12 hour clock use the lt or the gt button to move the cursor past the fourth character Select 1 for A M or 2 for P M and then press ENTER If you specified the 24 hour clock press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to specify date format and then press ENTER Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the current date Make sure that you use two digits to specify the month and day for example use 05 for May and 01 for the first day of the month of May Press ENTER To set the fax header To set or change the fax header information complete the following steps If you need help entering any information see To enter text from the control panel 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Time Date Header and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Header and then press Enter 4 Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter your fax number and then press ENTER 5 Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter your company name and then press ENTER Note The maximum number of characters allowed in the fax number is 20 The maximum number of characters allowed in the company name is 25 76 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Sending faxes Note Note Note ENWW This section describes how to fax a document To adjust the resolution for the current fax
122. cable is connected correctly to the scanner See Changing the automatic document feeder ADF If the ADF motor still does not rotate replace the ADF See Changing the automatic document feeder ADF If the scanner bulb does not light contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Troubleshooting process 213 Step Verification step Possible problems number Does Ready appear in Control panel shows an error See Control panel messages for a list the device control panel of common messages that will help you correct the error The control panel should function without error If the error persists contact messages HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Do information pages Control panel displays an error See Control panel messages for a list print message of common messages that will help you correct the error Print a Configuration page See Configuration page Media does not move smoothly Clean the paper path See Clean the through the device paper path paper path Poor print quality See Print quality problems If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Does the device copy Poor copy quality from the ADF lf the print quality from the Place the Configuration internal tests and the copy from the
123. can set color and grayscale at 1 bit black and white or at 8 bit 256 levels of gray to 24 bit true color The resolution and color guidelines table lists simple tips that you can follow to meet your scanning needs Note Setting the resolution and color to a high value can create large files that take up disk space and slow the scanning process Before setting the resolution and color determine how you are going to use the scanned image Note The best resolution for color and grayscale images is achieved by scanning from the flatbed scanner rather than from the automatic document feeder ADF Resolution and color guidelines The following table describes the recommended resolution and color settings for different types of scan jobs Intended use Recommended resolution Recommended color settings E mail 150 ppi e Black and White if the image does not require smooth gradation e Grayscale if the image requires smooth gradation e Color if the image is in color Edit text 300 ppi Black and White Print graphics or text 600 ppi for complex graphics e Black and White for text or if you want to significantly and line art enlarge ine document e Grayscale for shaded or 300 ppi for normal graphics colored graphics and and text photos 150 ppi for photos e Color if the image is in color 130 Chapter 9 Scan ENWW Intended use Recommended resolution Recommended color settings Display on screen 75 ppi Black and White for
124. ccctesiecaceensiecceteedebeceds sete a dant das stents 183 Device Settings PAGES essersi aN a aaa a ede OF HP TOOIDOX IMKE aa A ees seas aewpadeentaeedee tends 185 OMe WAKS eanont A AA N nt 185 Macintosh Configure Device Mac OS 10 2 and 10 3 aesssssssssssserrrssssrrrssererrsssrsrrrssrseees 186 To view Macintosh Configure Device ssssesseesesrranssennastennnnnennnaatennaanannaatennnannananeeennaanan 186 Embedded Web SCIver sx casccecacccilececzecncedtevstautcaeseaantsasnuuldgaxarundateesasuanead A eauavlacspentecezeedns 187 FOAtUINGS acesmar E a A a A T TN 187 Fax logs and TOPOMS rres an O A 188 Printing the fax activity lOG zcn EE antennae 188 Printing a fax Call repo sce Sects eueedceenevideacadephededcat a a aaa Setting print times for the fax Call report c cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeceeenaecaeceeeeeeeeeteteesetseeaeeees 189 Including the first page of each fax on the fax call report ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeee 190 Printing a PHONE DOOK report eis ciascddeccsssenstucsesadchearereeudansstavedananduaeessnenccetannevadesseadeaddesaadye 190 Printing the billing cOde report oe eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseeaeeeteeaeeeeeeaaees 190 Printing the block tak list ciiecccnestescenetee cesses tdeentt cde ident ett EAA sede 190 Printing all fax Tepon S aessa canis ps eccvieaebcestsaseestess liens ecesyheeebdcihaesendevinaieesecsvese 191 Cleaning the devita izciicsiac savin cient onsdeteteedeeiaediauidee inur
125. cellent color results for the general user plus sophisticated tools for the experienced color user The device provides carefully designed and tested color tables to provide smooth accurate color rendition of all printable colors Media selection For the best color and image quality it is important to select the appropriate media type from the software printer menu or from the printer driver See Media specifications for more information HP ImageREt 2400 HP ImageREt 2400 is a technology that provides the best color print quality without having to change driver settings or make tradeoffs among print quality performance and memory ImageREt 2400 uses laser printing to produce sharp images and crisp clear text HP ImageREt 2400 provides emulated 2400 dpi color laser class quality through a multiple level printing process This process precisely controls color by combining up to four colors within a single dot and by varying the amount of toner in a given area As a result ImageREt 2400 together with the 600 x 600 engine resolution creates millions of smooth colors Using color 57 Managing color options Setting color options to Automatic typically produces the best possible print quality for color documents However in some situations you might want to print a color document in grayscale black and shades of gray or to change one of the device color options e Windows Print in grayscale or change the color options by usin
126. cient copy jobs with multiple page documents For more information see Copy The HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models include full functionality fax capabilities with a V 34 fax including a phone book fax polling and delayed fax features For more information see Fax Provides 1200 pixels per inch ppi 24 bit full color scanning from letter A4 sized scanner glass Includes automatic document feeder ADF that allows faster more efficient scan jobs with multiple page documents For more information see Scan Fast print speed Prints in black on letter size paper up to 20 ppm and on A4 size paper up to 19 ppm Prints in color on A4 letter up to 4 ppm Excellent print quality True 600 by 600 dots per inch dpi with Image Ret 2400 text and graphics Adjustable settings to optimize print quality The HP UltraPrecise print cartridge has a finer toner formulation that provides sharper text and graphics Printer driver features Fast printing performance built in Intellifont and TrueType scaling technologies and advanced imaging capabilities are benefits of the PCL 6 printer language Automatic language switching The device automatically determines and switches to the appropriate printer language such as PS or PCL 6 for the print job Interface connections Hi Speed USB 2 0 port not supported for Windows NT 10 100 ethernet RJ45 network port 6 Chapter 1 Device basics ENWW ENWW Feature
127. ckly identify diagnose and resolve computing and printing problems The ISPE tools can be accessed from http instantsupport hp com Telephone support Hewlett Packard provides free telephone support during the warranty period When you call you will be connected to a responsive team that is waiting to help you For the telephone number for your country region see the flyer that came in the box with the product or visit http www hp com support callcenters Before calling HP have the following information ready product name and serial number date of purchase and description of the problem You can also find support on the Internet at http www hp com Click the support amp drivers block Software utilities drivers and electronic information Go to http www hp com go clj2800_ software The site is in English but printer drivers can be downloaded in several languages For information over the telephone see the flyer that came in the box with the device HP direct ordering for accessories or supplies Order supplies from the following websites United States http www hp com sbso product supplies Canada http www hp ca catalog supplies Europe http Awww hp com go supplies Asia Pacific http www hp com paper See the flyer that came in the box with the device or see http welcome hp com country us en wwcontact html For more information see Accessories and ordering information To order supplies or acc
128. cludes the print cartridge the supports for trays and bins the power cord and the telephone cord It is recommended that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this device is connected This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and other electrical surges Trademark Credits Adobe Photoshop and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Corel is a trademark or registered trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel Corporation Limited Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are U S registered marks of the United States Environmental Protection Agency Details on the proper use of the marks are explained in the Guidelines for Proper use of the ENERGY STAR Name and International Logo AINA Service and support ENWW Web services For 24 hour access to information by using a modem or Internet connection World Wide Web Updated HP device software product and support information and printer drivers in several languages can be obtained from http www hp com support clj2800series The site is in English Web based troubleshooting tools HP Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE is a suite of web based troubleshooting tools for desktop computing and printing products ISPE helps you qui
129. commended action Fax Send error An error occurred while trying to send a Try resending the fax fax Try faxing to another fax number Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start FAx Check that the telephone cord is securely connected by unplugging and replugging the cord Make sure that you are using the telephone cord that came with the device Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the device plugging in a telephone to the phone line and making a voice call Connect the device to a different phone line Set the fax resolution to Standard instead of the default of Fine See To adjust the resolution for the current fax job If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Fit to Page on flatbed only The copy reduce enlarge feature called Use the flatbed or select another Fit to Page applies only to copies reduction enlargement setting made from the flatbed scanner Group dial not allowed in group The speed dial code that you typed is Add one touch buttons programmed as programmed for a group Adding a an individual speed dial or speed dial group dial to another group dial is not codes to a group dial allowed Insert Memory Card Card is not in memory slot or is not Insert card or verify that card is inserted inserted completely completely Invalid date An invalid date was entered such as Re enter the date June 35
130. control panel with the alphanumeric buttons and the lt and the gt buttons e Numbers To enter numbers press the numeric button for the number that you need e Letters To enter letters repeatedly press the numeric button for the letter that you need until that letter appears For example if the first letter that you need is a C press 2 repeatedly until a C appears in the control panel display e Punctuation marks To enter punctuation marks repeatedly press until the character that you need appears in the control panel display e Spaces After entering any character press the gt button twice to create a space after that character and move the cursor to an insertion point after the space e Errors If you enter a character incorrectly use the lt button to erase the incorrect character and then enter the correct character For more information on control panel characters see Using dialing characters Specifying the fax settings 75 To set the time and date To set or change the time and date use the following steps If you need help entering any information see To enter text from the control panel 1 2 3 4 W On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Time Date Header and then press Enter Press Enter to select Time Date Use the lt or the gt button to specify either the 12 hour or the 24 hour clock and then press ENTER Use the alphanumeric
131. ction helps you identify and resolve scanning problems Solving scanned image problems Use the table below to solve image scan issues Problem The scanned image is of poor The original might be a second To eliminate the patterns quality generation photo or picture try reducing the size of the image after scanning Print the scanned image to see if the quality is better Verify that your resolution and color settings are correct for the type of scan job that you are performing See Scanner resolution and color For best results use the flatbed scanner for scanning rather than the automatic document feeder ADF The image that appears on the Try adjusting your screen might not be an computer monitor settings accurate representation of the to use more colors or quality of the scan levels of gray Typically you make this adjustment by opening Display in Windows Control Panel Try adjusting the resolution and color settings in the scanner software See Scanner resolution and color The original might have been Use the media guides when loaded incorrectly you load the originals into the ADF See To load originals into the automatic document feeder ADF The scanner might be dirty Clean the scanner See To clean the scanner glass The graphics settings might not Try changing the graphics be suitable for the type of scan settings See Scanner job that you are performing resolution and color
132. d USB C6518A compatible device connector 276 Appendix A Accessories and ordering information ENWW Paper handling accessories Optional tray 2 250 sheet input tray for Q3952A standard sizes Only one 250 sheet tray can be installed ENWW Paper handling accessories 277 Paper and other print media Note Inkjet paper is not recommended for this device HP LaserJet paper Premium HP brand paper for HPJ1124 letter use with HP LaserJet printers HP Premium Choice LaserJet HP bond paper with a weight of HPU1132 letter paper 120 32 g m 32 Ib HP Cover paper HP brand paper with a weight Q2413A letter 100 sheets of 200 g m 75 Ib cover Use for printing postcards and document covers HP Printing paper HP brand paper for use with HPP 1122 letter HP LaserJet printers HP Multipurpose paper HP brand paper for a variety of HPM1120 letter uses HP LaserJet Tough paper Robust paper with a satin Q1298A letter finish Paper will not tear and will withstand the weather For documents requiring durability and longevity HP High Gloss laser paper High gloss finish coating on Q2419A letter 200 sheets both sides Use for brochures catalogs photographs and whenever a high gloss finish is desired HP Soft Gloss laser paper Satin finish coating on both Q2415A letter 500 sheets sides 105 g m 28 Ib HP Color LaserJet Use color transparencies for C2934A letter 50 sheets transparencies full color printin
133. ddvalaaaaneedaasancuatasdars 48 Printing on different paper for the first page cecceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeteaeens 49 Printing on both sides duplexing manually 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeee eee eneeeeeetaeeeeeeteeeeetaeeeeeeaea 50 To duplex Manually ac c esssectieessaeteeasaccdeesaeleetieaclan eas dhlndiae delet A EN 50 Prititinig Booklets aren ieeninto n aSa NE E 51 TO print DOOKIEtS enient a a aaia aa iaa aaa 51 Canceling a Orit JOD srera aa A E sagvbeedasuivbeeaeaevetenedne 53 6 Printing with color Changing the Color SettingS eesssisissiarni iann eeaeee ee eaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeseensaeeeeeneaas 56 USING COOP asein iiini TE ASEE E AAN E TE 57 Media sele COM eenn seat aceteichaphate lan E E ogee 57 HP Image REL 2400 eean A A EAE NA Ea ATA ANARAN 57 Managing color Op0nS cecce ee REE A TETEE deta 58 Print in Grayscale siirast iinininiannnriaen rn keir Ee inan ANa iiaa iiias ii naa 58 Automatic versus Manual color adjustment eeeeesseseeeeeseeerrssseerrnssttrrnnssetnnnnnntennnnsena 58 Manual color options sesssenseseieneseeeentttnrte test ttttt ttt tn nanne Anr EE EEEE EESEE EEEE EE EEE EE ESEESE EEEE EE Ennn nn n 58 Matching Clis cccisesdcctcdssecdeecessseceeteetsasceeet basatenees Heaeeetebsanteeed ai eeev anaes enageed ean eeediaien 60 7 Copy Starting A COPy JOD ceccar nn EEEN A EEEE EAT eee nie ele 62 Canceling a COPY jOD crssarsrenriisrikiekraiui unndra inanarak AAAA NENEA EANAN AEN
134. dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries eee eeeeeteeeeeeeneaes 98 To program speed dial entries and one touch keys 0 0 cee eeeenee eee eeeeteeeeeeetaaeeeeeenaaes 98 To delete speed dial entries and one touch keys eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeaaeees 99 To program speed dial entries or one touch keys quickly 2 0 0 0 eeeeceeeeeeeeeeenttteeeeeeeeneaes 99 To Manage Qroup dial entries 20 0 eee ee eeeeee ee eeeece eee eeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeeeeeneaas 99 Using dialing characters 2i cceccccsieisccieaizesdtanieticnbiets ind ieccashaselcnanaddeticiaesioiebedscanasivlennauwnictiale 102 TO insert a PAUSE 2 cece cece eee eeeeeee cee ce eee eeeetee te ceaaaaecaeceeeeeeeeseesecscecesaeeeseeeeteetetsetseseeees O2 lbsering a dial PROTX sccnccsssneeraiiniiei nii aE ENEA EAEE EEEE cee 103 To set the dial prefix cccccccceccceeeeeeeneccee cece eeeeeeeceeaaeceeeeeeeesececaeceseeeeeeeesscccnceeeeeeeeeetees 103 sending a delayed tax scr ccicifch cissbebeiede ets A REEE EE E EE 104 To send a delayed faX oo eee ceeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeenaeeeseeicaeeeeseaas 104 Changing the detect dial tone Setting eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeaaeereeeaaees 105 To change the detect dial tone Setting ec ceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeestaeeeeenenaeeeeneaas 105 Using billing COdGS x b tccciit atin eetiseiects ip eiednde adie AEAEE TEE EE 106
135. dial that you want to delete and then press ENTER Press ENTER to confirm the deletion ENWW Note CAUTION ENWW To delete an individual from a group dial entry On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Phone Book Use the lt or the gt button to select Group setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Del in group and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select the individual that you want to delete from the group Press Enter to confirm the deletion CO et O OF 1 NS Complete one of the following tasks Repeat steps 6 and 7 to delete other individuals from the group Press Cance if you are finished Deleting a speed dial entry also deletes that entry from any group dial entries that included that speed dial entry To delete all phone book entries You can delete all speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries that are programmed in the device After speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries are deleted they cannot be recovered On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Phone Book Use the lt or the gt button to select Delete all and then press Enter o gt SNe gt Press ENTER to confirm the deletion About speed dial entries o
136. e desired quality Use a software program to print the photo at the desired settings The appropriate job size might not be available from the device control panel Use a software program to resize the photo at the desired settings and then print the photo from your computer You might have selected an incorrect job size Verify that the correct setting is selected at the device control panel The device cannot read the memory card Verify that the memory card is properly inserted and that the card is one that is supported See Inserting a memory card Note You cannot edit memory card files from the device control panel Use a software program to edit delete or save images ENWW ENWW Problem Scanner did not read proof sheet The device is using non HP supplies This feature has been optimized and tested for use with Genuine HP Toner Supplies variations in color shading can impact the performance of this feature Use a software program to print the photo from your computer Print photos directly from the memory card by using the control panel Install HP supplies in the device and reprint the proof sheet Memory card problems 267 Troubleshooting tools Note The section describes the tools that can help you solve problems with your device Device pages and reports This section describes the pages and reports that help you diagnose and solve problems with the device
137. e tray To load preprinted forms and letterhead into tray 1 load them with the first side down bottom edge in first When simplex 1 sided printing load preprinted forms and letterhead into tray 2 face down with the top edge of the page toward the device To load preprinted forms and letterhead into tray 1 place them in the tray with the side to be printed on facing up and top short edge in first Envelopes Note Envelopes can be printed only from tray 1 Set the tray media size to the specific envelope size Adhere to the following guidelines to help ensure proper printing on envelopes and to help prevent printer jams Do not load more than 10 envelopes into tray 1 The weight rating of envelopes should not exceed 90 g m 24 Ib bond Envelopes should be flat Do not use envelopes with windows or clasps Envelopes must not be wrinkled nicked or otherwise damaged Envelopes with peel off adhesive strips must use adhesives that can withstand the heat and pressures of the device fusing process Envelopes should be loaded face up with the top of the envelope to the left and the short edge feeding into the device first Heavy paper Any tray will print most heavy media that does not exceed 105 g m 28 Ib bond Use cardstock only in tray 1 135 g m to 216 g m 50 to 80 Ib cover In either the software application or the printer driver select Heavy 106 g m to 163 g m 28 to 43 Ib bond or Cardstock 135 g m to 216
138. e Paper handling The device comes with a flatbed scanner and a 50 page automatic document feeder ADF e Expandability The device has one available DIMM slot for memory expansion and additional font support The memory is expandable to 224 MB HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one The HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one printer scanner fax copier has the same features as the HP Color LaserJet 2820 all in one and it includes a V 34 fax modem and 4 MB flash fax storage memory Also this model comes standard with high capacity color print cartridges that can print up to 4 000 pages at 5 coverage 4 Chapter 1 Device basics ENWW HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one The HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one printer scanner fax copier has the same features as the HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one including high capacity color print cartridges that can print up to 4 000 pages at 5 coverage and it includes a 250 sheet tray tray 2 for standard sizes This model features rated memory card slots as well OE 7 SST a ENWW Device configurations 5 Device features HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one Color printing Provides laser printing in full color by using the four process colors cyan magenta yellow and black CMYK For more information see Printing with color Provides full color copying from letter A4 sized scanner glass Includes automatic document feeder ADF that allows faster more effi
139. e a busy signal stops the redial attempts See Setting print times for the fax call report and Printing the fax activity log for more information If you have set a fax to be sent at a future time but you need to add something to it you can send the additional information as another job All faxes that are scheduled to go to the same fax number at the same time are delivered as individual faxes To send a delayed fax 1 Load the document into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray or onto the flatbed scanner On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button until Fax functions appears and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button until Send fax later appears and then press ENTER a F ON Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the start time and then complete one of the following tasks If the device is set to the 12 hour time mode use the gt button to move the cursor past the fourth character to set A M or P M Select 1 for A M or select 2 for P M and then press ENTER If the device is set to the 24 hour time mode press ENTER 6 Complete one of the following tasks Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the date and then press ENTER Accept the default date by pressing ENTER 7 Enter the fax number enter the speed dial entry or press the one touch key This feature does not support undefined ad hoc groups 8 Press Enter or Start Fax The device scans the document
140. e device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select PhoneBook report and then press Enter The device exits the menu settings and prints the report Printing the billing code report The billing code report is a printed list of all of the fax billing codes and the total number of faxes that have been billed to each code After this report is printed all billing data is deleted To print the billing code report 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Billing report and then press Enter The device exits the menu settings and prints the report Printing the block fax list Use this procedure to print a list of the blocked fax numbers For information about blocking fax numbers see Blocking or unblocking fax numbers 190 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW ENWW To print the block fax list 1 2 3 On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Block Fax list and then press Enter The device exits the menu settings and prints the list Printing all fax reports Use this procedure to print all of the following reports at one time Fax activity log One touch speed
141. e device to automatically collate multiple copies into sets For example if you are making two copies of three pages and the automatic collation is on the pages print in this order 1 2 3 1 2 3 If automatic collation is off the pages print in this order 1 1 2 2 3 3 To use the automatic collation the original document must fit into the memory If it does not the device makes only one copy and a message appears notifying you of the change If that happens use one of the following methods to finish the job e Split the job into smaller jobs that contain fewer pages e Make only one copy of the document at a time e Turn off the automatic collation The collation setting you select is in effect for all copies until you change the setting To change the default copy collation setting On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Copy setup and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Def Collation Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off OV Em Di gt Press Enter to save your selection The factory set default for automatic copy collation is On Changing the copy collation setting 69 Changing the number of copies You can choose to have the default number of copies be any number from 1 to 99 To change the number of copies for the current job 1 Use the alphanumeric buttons to type the number of copies between 1 and 99 that you want to make for your current job 2 P
142. e is not set correctly The fax cord might not be correctly connected or the fax cord is not working The device might not be able to detect incoming fax tones because the answering machine is playing a voice message Too many devices might be connected to the telephone line The telephone line might not be working If the answer mode is set to Manual the device does not answer calls You have to start the fax receiving process manually See Setting the answer mode for more information Check the rings to answer setting for your configuration See Changing the rings to answer setting to determine which setting you need Check the answer ring pattern feature to verify that it is set properly See Changing ring patterns for call answering See the Getting Started Guide to check the installation Verify that you are using the fax cord that came with the device Re record your answering machine message leaving at least two seconds of silence at the beginning of the message You should not have more than three devices attached to the line Try removing the last device that was connected and determine whether the device works If not continue removing devices one at a time and retry after removing each one Do one of the following e Increase the volume on the device and then press Start Fax on the control panel If you hear a dial tone the telephone line is working Disconnect the device
143. e ncteaean AROTAR NAA 192 To clean the externo ecin seaedteaaguaxsseelabigveres E a a a To clean the scanner GlASS 22 seceeviecedtevatsaciaadecviedetvetseetiveeee AAE 192 To cleans the ld backing eccisersc a T 192 Cleaning the paper path sssssssssesirsnsssssttnrtrtttsttttttttt ttres trt tE EnEn Enn tE EEEn Enaren EEEE EEE En Ennen 193 Changing the automatic document feeder ADF 0 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaaeeeeeeeaeeees 195 To change the ADF cj ccsecoseavecadivencesateveeeetadtvauiecgasstei es svane be cnagshandepesieceeeavaeteahgeveteagsdaee 195 ENWW ENWW Changing the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly c cceeeeee 197 To change the ADF pickup roller assembly ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeteees 197 Cleaning the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly sssi 199 To clean the ADF pickup roller assembly eee eeeeeee eee eeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeseneeaeeeetenaeeees 199 13 Managing supplies Checking status and ordering supplies eee eeeeeeeeeenee eee ee teeter eee eaeeeeeetaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaes 202 To check status and order supplies by using the control panel eeeeeeeteeeeee 202 To check status and order supplies by using HP Toolbox 00 00 02 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaes 202 StOring SUPPIIOS asrasin aiaa aaa eens cess ees Kaia aaaea aa E aa Aa aaa EAE 203 Replacing and recycling supplies e
144. e proof sheet will not print The memory card might have been removed before the device could print the page You might have inserted more than one memory card One or more print cartridges might be low Proof sheet not scanning Reinsert the card and reprint the proof sheet Only one card slot can be occupied for the device to detect JPEG files Verify that only one card is inserted Replace any low print cartridges See Changing a print cartridge Use the table in this section to solve problems with proof sheet scanning The proof sheet will not scan correctly The flatbed scanner glass might be dirty The automatic document feeder ADF might be loaded The scanner might not be able to read the photo selections This feature has been optimized and tested for use with Genuine HP Toner Supplies variations in color shading can impact the performance of this feature The proof sheet might be loaded incorrectly Issues with photo printing Clean the flatbed scanner glass See To clean the scanner glass Remove any media from the ADF Verify that you have colored the bubbles darkly enough for the scanner to read On the flatbed scanner place the original document face down with the upper left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass The device will not scan a proof sheet from the ADF Use the table in this section to solve problems with photo printing M
145. e seconds depending on the type of error Press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select System setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Volume settings and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Alarm volume Use the lt or the gt button to select Off Soft Medium or Loud Oo oe SN Press Enter to save your selection The factory set default for the alarm volume is Soft To change the volume for the fax This setting determines the volume of various fax sounds that occur when the device is sending or receiving fax jobs 1 Press VoLume 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Off Soft Medium or Loud 3 Press Enter to save your selection The factory set default is Soft To change the ring volume of the fax The fax ring sounds when the device is initially sending or receiving a call The ring duration length depends on the local telecom ring pattern length 1 Press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select System setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Volume settings and then press ENTER Press the lt or the gt button once to select Ring volume and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Off Soft Medium or Loud ON ee ON Press Enter to save your selection The factory set default is Soft Chapter 4 Using the device ENWW To change the device control panel key press volume The key press
146. e sure that print media is loaded in the printer At your computer open a document On the File menu click Page Setup or a similar command Make sure that the settings are correct for this document From the File menu click Print Print Setup or a similar command The Print dialog box opens Select this printer and change settings as necessary Do not change any settings such as page size or orientation that you set in the Page Setup dialog box If this print job is for a standard size and weight of paper you probably do not need to change the Source is tray Type is or Size is settings and you can go to step 8 Otherwise go to step 7 If this print job is to be printed on a non standard size or weight of paper select how the printer pulls paper e To print by source tray select the tray in the Print dialog box if possible e To print by source tray when this setting is not available in the Print dialog box click Properties and on the Paper tab select the tray in the Source is field e To print by type or size click Properties and on the Paper tab select the type or size in the Type is or Size is field For some paper such as letterhead labels glossy paper or photo paper you will set both the type and size Note Always print by type for special print media such as labels or transparencies Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP color LaserJet printers Inkjet and monochrome transparencie
147. e the input tray is empty are stored in memory and will print after the tray has been refilled Check to determine whether the computer is receiving faxes See Receiving faxes to your computer Turn on the autoreduction setting See Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes Adjust the autoreduction setting to allow larger pages to be printed on one page See Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes ENWW Problem Received faxes are too light or are printing only on half of the page The device ran out of toner while printing a fax The fax that was sent was too light Problems sending faxes The device stores the most recently printed faxes The amount of memory that is available determines the actual number of faxes stored for reprinting As soon as possible replace the print cartridge and then reprint the fax See Reprinting a fax Contact the sender and have the sender resend the fax after altering the settings Use the information in this table to solve problems that might occur when sending faxes The document stops feeding in the middle of faxing The maximum length of a page that you can load is 381 mm 15 inches Faxing of a longer page stops at 381 mm 15 inches If the item is too small it can jam inside the automatic document feeder ADF Print the document on shorter media If no jam exists and less than one minute has elapsed wai
148. eatedly appear at Internal parts might have toner The problem typically corrects even intervals on the unprinted on them itself after a few more pages side of the page The paper path might need Clean the device See Cleaning The imaging drum might be low Replace the imaging drum See Changing the imaging drum The fuser might be damaged Contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Marks repeatedly appear at even intervals on the printed side of the page AaBbC amp AQBbCCc _ AaBboC AQBbCc AaBbc ENWW Print problems 239 Problem The printed page contains misformed characters AGBP AGBP AGBP AOBDCG AGBLOCS AGBP The printed page is curled or wavy Text or graphics are skewed on the printed page 240 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The media might not meet HP specifications If characters are incorrectly formed so that they produce a wavy effect the laser scanner might need service The device is not set to print on the type of media on which you want to print The paper path is curling the media The media might not meet HP specifications Both high temperature and humidity can cause paper curl The media might be loaded incorrectly The media might not meet HP specifications Use a different paper such as high quality paper that is intended for color laser printers See
149. ect Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Forward fax and then press ENTER Press the gt button to select On or Off and then press ENTER OO OF ae lt r IN gt If you turn on the fax forwarding feature use the alphanumeric buttons to specify the fax number where the fax is to be sent and then press Enter to save your selection Using fax forwarding 109 Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes With this setting turned on you can alert the device to pick up the incoming fax call by pressing 1 2 3 sequentially on the telephone keypad in tone dial mode only The default setting is On Turn this setting off only if you use pulse dialing or if you have a service from your telephone company that also uses the 1 2 3 sequence The telephone company service does not work if it conflicts with the device To make an extension telephone available to receive faxes On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Extension Phone and then press ENTER oie NS Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter to save your selection 110 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Using fax polling If someone else has set up a fax to be polled you can request that the fax be sent to you
150. ectly on the glass They might seep under it and damage the device 3 Clean the scanner strip by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner 4 To prevent spotting dry the glass by using a chamois or cellulose sponge To clean the lid backing Minor debris can accumulate on the white document lid backing that is located underneath the device lid 1 Turn off the device unplug the power cord from the electrical socket and raise the lid 192 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW 2 Clean the white document lid backing by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with a mild soap and warm water Also clean the scanner strip next to the ADF scanner glass 3 Wash the backing gently to loosen debris do not scrub the backing 4 Dry the backing by using a chamois or soft cloth CAUTION Do not use paper based wipes because they might scratch the backing 5 If this does not clean the backing well enough repeat the previous steps and use isopropyl alcohol to dampen the cloth or sponge and then wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth to remove any residual alcohol Cleaning the paper path During the printing process paper toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the device Over time this buildup can cause print quality problems such as toner specks or smearing This device has a cleaning mode that can correct and prevent these types of problems
151. ector Macintosh 125 Scanning by using TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant software Note The device is TWAIN compliant and Windows Imaging Application WIA compliant The device works with Windows based and Macintosh based programs that support TWAIN compliant or WIA compliant scanning devices Using TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant software While you are in a TWAIN enabled or WIA enabled program you can gain access to the scanning feature and scan an image directly into the open program For more information see the Help file or the documentation that came with your TWAIN compliant or WIA compliant software program Scanning from a TWAIN enabled program The Macintosh device software complies with TWAIN Version 1 9 requirements Generally a software program is TWAIN enabled if it has a command such as Acquire File Acquire Scan Import New Object Insert from or Scanner If you are unsure whether the program is compliant or you do not know what the command is called see the software program Help or documentation When scanning from a TWAIN enabled program the HP LaserJet Scan software program might start automatically If the HP LaserJet Scan program starts you can make changes while you are previewing the image If the program does not start automatically the image goes to the TWAIN enabled program immediately To scan from a TWAIN enabled program Start the scan from within the TWAIN enabled program See the software pr
152. ed dial settings The number of speed dials that are listed is device specific and corresponds to the number of speed dial buttons on the device To set up speed dials 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 Click Fax Phone Book 3 Inthe Add the Contact Information section type the following information e Entry For speed dial entries use only the entry numbers that have speed dial buttons next to them e Contact name e Fax number 4 Click Add The contact information appears in the Phone Book Entry List section To move an entry that has already been added to a different speed dial location 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 Click Fax Phone Book 3 Click the Edit link for the entry that you want to move 4 Change the Entry to the desired speed dial location 5 Click Save You must select a speed dial entry location that is not already occupied If the speed dial entry location is occupied you must either delete that entry or move that entry to an empty location first Forward received faxes to another fax number 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 Inthe Fax Receive Mode section click Forward received faxes to a different fax machine 3 In the Forward to this fax number field enter the fax number to where you want faxes forwarded 4 Click Apply All faxes sent to the device are forwarded to the other fax number until you turn off this feature Fax Howdol 157 Note
153. eedsneedetes dened ede sheet evecare E E 135 Changing job Settings ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeaeeseeaeeesenaeeeeeaees 136 Printing photos directly from the memory card cece eeeeeee ee eeteeee eee etteeeeeetneeeeeeetaeeeeee 137 Printing photos from a proof sheet ccccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecaniaesaeeeserereettees 138 PONING AN INDO 2 ieeescrsee ds teedeee dies seeeeedei EEE EAREN EEES 139 11 How do I Print HOW Gos sonnera an a E E E a sderanesat ciacagiu stems EAE N 142 Print on special media such as glossy or photo paper ceceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeaeees 143 Print on both sides of the paper cceceeeeeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeenncenaneaeeeeeees 144 Print on envelopes and custom media SIZES cecceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaes 144 Change the device print settings such as volume or print quality in HP Toolbox 145 Print color documents from my computer in black and white only s es 146 N tw rk HOw dOl irredimada Naaa AT Set up the device and use it on the network s ssssssssssssrsrrrrennstesstrtrrnnrnnnnnnnnnsntnnnr nnn 147 Selmy network pass Word w chccesenscveceeen cies etacdeeesaanenverevaccdaneevucdeexevanddgerdancdedeevadanadeiewne 149 Photo HOw do Zosin a a a aE aE 150 Print a particular photo from a memory card e eeeeeceeeeee cece eeeceeeeaeeee
154. eeeeeeeeeteeeneaes 150 Print all the photos that are stored on a memory card ssesssssseesssserrrsseerrrsssesrrrssrreens 150 Enable or disable memory Cards a ciiecsccccciccad ethdisdee setdeequstetlecsiattadhievcee RREN NNNNA Raa 150 Use a proof SHOOT cess cs ccccans coaddusdncnadcaveceaccensenutanentanecdeend ausuannddensiecewerudicannsdaeddaaraetanens denned 151 Save photos from a memory card to My computer o oo eee eee eete eter eeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeeaaas 151 COD OW GO rrenen a a a eu saete dd NE 152 Change the copy settings such as number of copies in HP Toolbox c cceee 152 Reduce or enlarge an original 0 c cc2 ceccceeeeceeeeeseeceeeeeueeeeeceeeneeedcenneeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeees 152 Fax How do I iommann ea a e a a E a 153 Send a fax from the device 2 cccecceceeeeeeeeeeneecaeceeeeeeeeeeeseceeesaeaeceeeeeesetteetetteesttteeeees AOD Change the fax send or receive settings such as answer mode in HP Toolbox 153 Create a fax COVEN page etero aniano ienna a EEA auavee cae veut dadv cab sandezeassauedene dass 154 Send a fax from my COMPUtED 20 20 cece cece cectseccecenenedeeeeeeneceedenenecececeeneceeeceensecteeeennense 155 Receive faxes to My COMPUPER 0 ce cece esse eeeeeeeeeeecueeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeceeeaeeeeeeeneees 156 Set UP SPS dials aieiaiee iiaia a a aA 157 Forward received faxes to another fax NUMbEer 2 ccceceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeteceneaeeeeeeeeeeeees 157 View and p
155. eeeteeeneeees 165 Receive toner warning e mail messages from the device cee ceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeentteeeees 165 Maintain the device cecececececeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeecceaeeeeeeeeeeecceaeeeeeeeeeeetenneeeeeeeeesetsnnieeesenes 165 View the control panel menu items for the device 2 0 0 eee cecece eee eeeeeeeeeeeecneceeeeeeeeeeeeneess 166 Replace print cartridges ccccccececceececeeeeeceeaaeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeececaeeeeeeeeetensiaeeeeeeeeeeeees 166 Replace the imaging Gru c c ccetiececiee cen aieeceesteceesunaeeescateeeesibadeessanaeeevsanteeessaneeeseanae 168 CNG AI ANS coe TA ete ieee eth oh do ane E E odd eed ee dies 170 Order NEWSUPPIIES eiiru riais aa a e aeaa dete cies 175 12 Managing the device and maintenance Information pag Saeccncneencnani a E E EARNE 178 Demo page secesiunii ranieri ENR tee vies teas NEEE NEE 178 Usage PAGE ncccrrcciiiiiei enh e n ee TEATA en i ee 178 Configuration PAGE cece cere eee enne eee eeenne eee te iinde ianiai kaiaia iaaa 178 Supplies Status Page eniin wicescerded dass aederdiadis teas lesaadieten E A ernie ional 179 PP TOODO German pee ante nner E E TREE AE cer erry eee ere eer er 181 ToView HP TOO BOX sccocricccriiciinii ici T haste cadena eed Mies 181 SUS TAD a a E A A 182 FAX CAD eiiiai EE AEN AE NEE 182 ocan Olie duotuexsus lexis edineseaaniasevaniexsusuedeaean 182 Troubleshooting tab 2 i ssehueiaete nts vena dannii denial Od Documentation tab ic
156. eiving only fax calls Set to a number of rings within the range displayed on the control panel The minimum and maximum number of rings allowed varies by country region One line with two separate numbers and a ring One or two rings If you have an answering pattern service machine or computer voicemail for the other telephone number make sure that the device is set to a greater number of rings than the answering system Also see Changing ring patterns for call answering Shared line receiving both fax and voice calls Five rings or more with only an attached telephone Shared line receiving both fax and voice calls Two rings more than the answering machine or with an attached answering machine or computer voicemail computer voicemail To set the number of rings to answer To set or change the number of rings to answer use the following steps 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Rings to answer and then press ENTER 5 Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number of rings to answer and then press ENTER Changing the rings to answer setting 95 Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes If the fit to page option is turned on the device automatically reduces long faxes up to 75 percent to fit
157. em supports it 6 On the License Agreement screen read the license agreement indicate that you accept the terms and then click Next 7 For Windows 2000 on the HP Extended Capabilities screen choose whether you want extended capabilities and then click Next 8 On the Destination Folder screen choose the destination folder and then click Next On the Ready to Install screen click Next to begin installation Note If you want to change your settings instead of clicking Next click Back to return to previous screens and then change the settings 10 On the Connection Type screen select Directly to this computer and then click Next 11 Connect the USB cable 12 Allow the installation process to complete 13 On the Windows taskbar click Start click Settings and then click Printers e In Windows XP click Start click Control Panel and then double click Printers and Faxes 14 In the dialog box right click the device and then click Sharing 15 Select Share this printer type the printer name if necessary and then click OK To change from a direct connected shared device to a network port connected device configuration To change from a direct connection to a network configuration complete the following steps 1 Uninstall the printer driver for the direct connect device 2 Install the driver as a network configuration by using the steps in To configure a network port connected device configuration direct
158. emory card problems 265 Problem The wrong photo printed The photo did not print The photo quality is unacceptable The photo is the wrong size Cannot edit save or delete images on the memory card 266 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting An incorrect memory card might be inserted Verify that the correct memory card is inserted See Inserting a memory card You might have selected the wrong number from the memory card If you cannot remember the number of the photo that you wish to print print an index page to verify the file number See Printing an index The media input tray might be Load media into the input tray empty The memory card might have Reinsert the card and reprint been removed before the the photo device could print the photo The proof sheet is skewed Verify that the paper guides are positioned correctly against the paper in the input tray Reprint the proof sheet Verify that the images on the proof sheet are aligned properly and then reselect the images you want to print The proof sheet is not aligned properly on the scanner Realign the proof sheet face down on the flatbed scanner with the upper left corner of the document located in the lower right corner of the glass The original photo quality might be poor Use a software program to enhance photo quality and then print the photo from your computer The default settings on the printer might not produce th
159. en turn it on again Note When you add new media remove all of the media from the input tray straighten the stack after adding the new media place the stack in the tray and then adjust the media guides To clear output area jams If the media has jammed where it exits the device complete the following steps CAUTION Do not use a sharp object such as a pencil or scissors to remove jammed media 1 Push the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly and then open the top cover ENWW Other How do I 171 2 On the back of the device open the rear output door and then push down the fuser levers Releasing the fuser levers relieves tension on the device rollers which makes removing jammed pages easier 3 Grasp the leading edge of the media and pull the media out through the output bin YL ue ULL eGT TTA Wt 4 Return the fuser levers to their original upward position and then close the rear output door 5 Close the top cover and the scanner assembly Note If you turned the device off before clearing the media jam turn it on again and then restart your printing or copying job If the jam is too far into the device to remove you might have to remove the fuser To do so complete the following steps 1 Turn off the device and then disconnect the power cable 2 Rotate the locks on the fuser to the unlocked position NY SN N 172 Chapter 11 How do I EN
160. ent control to the correct length Load media in the device See Loading documents to scan for more information In the automatic document feeder ADF load the original with the narrow side forward and the side to be scanned facing up On the flatbed scanner place the original document face down with the upper left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass ENWW Problem Copies are blank The sealing tape might not Remove the print cartridges have been removed from the from the device pull out the print cartridges sealing tape and reinstall the print cartridges The original might have been In the ADF load the original loaded incorrectly with the narrow side forward and the side to be scanned facing up On the flatbed scanner make sure that the original document is placed face down with the upper left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass The media might not meet Use media that meets HP specifications HP specifications See Media specifications One or more print cartridges Replace any low print might be low cartridges See Changing a print cartridge The wrong original was copied The ADF might be loaded Make sure that the ADF is empty Copies are reduced in size The device software settings See the HP Toolbox Help for might be set to reduce the more information about scanned image changing the settings ENWW Copy problems 255 Fax pr
161. er is a program that software programs use to gain access to a device s features A printer driver translates a software program s formatting commands such as page breaks and font selection into a printer language such as PostScript or PCL and then sends the print file to the device A small telephone switching system that typically is used by large businesses or universities to connect all telephone extensions within the organization A PBX also connects to the public switched telephone network PSTN and may be either manual or dial depending on the method used by extensions to place incoming or outgoing calls Normally the equipment is owned by the customer rather than leased from the telephone company public switched telephone network PSTN Readiris resolution shared line surge protector TWAIN URL ENWW The worldwide dial up telephone network or a portion of that network Users are assigned unique phone numbers which allow them to connect to the PSTN through local telephone exchange companies Often this phrase is used when referring to data or other non telephone services carried over a path initially established using normal telephone signaling and ordinary switched long distance telephone circuits An optical character recognition OCR program that was developed by I R I S and that is included with the device software The sharpness of an image measured in dots per inch dpi The higher the dpi the g
162. er sections and then send the document as multiple fax jobs To send a fax by using a group dial entry 1 Load the document into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray or onto the flatbed scanner 2 On the device control panel select the group by using one of the following methods Press the one touch key for the group Press PHONE Book press the group dial entry that is assigned to the group and then press ENTER 3 Press START Fax If you are scanning from the flatbed scanner select YES when Send from glass 1 Yes 2 No appears and then press ENTER The device scans the document into memory and sends the fax to each number specified If a number in the group is busy or does not answer the device redials the number based on its redial setting If all redial attempts fail the device updates the fax activity log with the error and proceeds to the next number in the group Note The fax activity log feature is not supported in the software for Microsoft Windows 95 or Windows NT but you can print the fax activity log by using the control panel For instructions see Printing the fax activity log 78 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Note Note ENWW To send a fax to a group manually ad hoc faxing Use the following instructions to send a fax to a group of recipients that has not been assigned a group dial entry 1 Load the document into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray or onto the flatbed scanner
163. erhead and prepunched paper see Printing on special media CAUTION Print on special print media such as labels and transparencies from tray 1 only Printing on special print media from optional tray 2 can cause jams Do not fan paper before loading it into trays and avoid overloading trays To load optional tray 2 1 Pull optional tray 2 out of the printer and remove any paper 2 Move the media width guides to match the size of paper that you are loading Optional tray 2 accepts several standard paper sizes ENWW Loading trays 29 Note Extend the paper length adjustment control at the rear of the tray until the arrow on the markings on the tray points to the size that you are loading Load the paper If this is special paper such as letterhead load it with the side to be printed upon face down and the top edge toward the front of the tray If you are duplexing manually see Printing on both sides duplexing manually for loading instructions 5 Make sure that the stack of paper is flat in the tray at all four corners and keep it below the height tabs on the media length guide in the rear of the tray Push down on the metal media lift plate to lock it into place Slide the tray into the printer If you set the rear of the tray to one of the longer sizes the back of the tray will protrude from the back of the printer AX AX Loading documents to scan Use these instructions to load originals into y
164. es e North America http Awww hp com go ordersupplies na e Europe and Middle East http www hp com go ordersupplies emea e Asia Pacific countries regions http www hp com go ordersupplies ap e Latin America http www hp com go ordersupplies la 273 Supplies Black print cartridge Life of 5 000 pages at 5 Q3960A percent coverage Cyan print cartridge Life of 4 000 pages at 5 Q3961A percent coverage Yellow print cartridge Life of 4 000 pages at 5 Q3962A percent coverage Magenta print cartridge Life of 4 000 pages at 5 Q3963A percent coverage Cyan print cartridge Life of 2 000 pages at 5 Q3971A percent coverage Yellow print cartridge Life of 2 000 pages at 5 Q3972A percent coverage Magenta print cartridge Life of 2 000 pages at 5 Q3973A percent coverage Imaging drum Imaging drum life is 20 000 Q3964A pages if printing black only 5 000 pages if printing in color Typical life is 6 000 to 8 000 pages 274 Appendix A Accessories and ordering information ENWW Memory Memory upgrades DIMMs The standard 96 MB of C7845A memory in the device can be expanded to up to 224 MB using the additional DIMM slot 32 MB Memory upgrades DIMMs 64 MB C9680A Memory upgrades DIMMs 128 MB C9121A Font DIMM 100 pin You can install an 8 MB Visit http www hp com for language font ROM in the DIMM availability and ordering DIMM slot ENWW Memory 275 Cable and interface accessories USB cable 2 meter standar
165. essories over the telephone call the following numbers United States 800 538 8787 Canada 800 387 3154 To find the phone numbers for other countries regions see the flyer that came in the box with the device Customer self repair HP s customer self repair programs offer our North American customers the fastest service under either warranty or contract It enables HP to ship replacement parts directly to you the end user so that you can replace them Using this program you can replace parts at your own convenience vi HP service information To locate HP Authorized Dealers in the United States or Canada call 800 243 9816 United States or 800 387 3867 Canada Or go to http www hp com go cposupportguide For service for your HP product in other countries regions call the customer support number for your country region See the flyer that came in the box with the device HP service agreements Call 800 HPINVENT 800 474 6836 U S or 800 268 1221 Canada Out of Warranty Service 800 633 3600 Extended Service Call 800 HPINVENT 800 474 6836 U S or 800 268 1221 Canada Or go to the HP Care Pack Services Web site at http www hpexpress services com 10467a HP Toolbox To check the device status and settings and to view troubleshooting information and online documentation use the HP Toolbox software You can view the HP Toolbox when the device is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected t
166. et 2820 2830 2840 all in one CD ROM for Macintosh HP Toolbox You must perform a complete software installation to use HP Toolbox HP Toolbox provides links to device status information and help information such as this user guide and tools for diagnosing and solving problems See Managing supplies for more information Printer drivers 17 Note Note 18 For Macintosh computers HP Toolbox is not supported Embedded Web server EWS The EWS is a Web based interface that provides simple access to device status and device configurations including network configurations and Smart Printing Supplies SPS functionality You can gain access to the EWS through the network connection to the device Type the device IP address in a Web browser to display the device EWS homepage in the browser From the homepage you can use the tabs and left navigation menu to check the status of the device configure the device or check the status of the supplies Supported browsers include e Internet Explorer 5 0 or later e Netscape Navigator 4 75 or later e Opera 6 05 or later e Safari 1 2 or later Software installation If your computer meets the recommended minimum requirements you have two options when installing the software from the CD ROMs that came with the device Typical installation This option is not available if your computer does not meet the minimum requirements For more information about the minimum requirements
167. et any other settings that you want such as watermarks By default the printer prints to the top output bin which is the best location for most print jobs including transparencies For labels heavy paper or other jobs that require a straight through path lower the rear output door on the printer 10 Select the Print command to print the job Printing from the Macintosh OS 39 Printer drivers Using the PCL printer driver Help Windows only When you are in the printer driver you can use its Help which is separate from the Help in a program You can activate Help for the printer driver in two ways e Click the Help button anywhere it appears in the printer driver The Help windows give detailed information about the specific printer driver in use When you see a bubble icon click it to view information about the field option or button that the bubble adjoins Selecting a source You can print by source tray or by type or size To print by source follow these steps For Macintosh operating systems types and sizes are grouped together under the Paper Source pop up menu e Windows In the Print dialog box in your software program select the Source tray if possible Otherwise select a tray from the Source is field from the Paper tab in your printer driver e Mac OS 9 2 2 In the Print dialog box select a tray on the Paper Source pop up menu on the General pop up menu e Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 From the Print di
168. ete or the print quality might be affected If the alert or warning message is related to printing and the auto continue feature is on the device will attempt to resume the printing job after the warning has appeared for 10 seconds without acknowledgement Alert and warning messages Control panel message 10 000x Supply error ADF door is open E label can t be read or print cartridge is Reinstall print cartridge not properly installed Power cycle device If the problem is not solved replace the cartridge The ADF lid is open or a sensor is Make sure that the ADF lid is closed lfunctioning Gia eon ee Remove the ADF and reinstall it If the message persists turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the device to initialize Try another power source If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Canceled copy Clear document Canceled scan Clear document ENWW The Cance button was pressed to cancel the current job while pages were feeding from the ADF The cancel process does not automatically clear the ADF The Cancel button was pressed to cancel the current job while pages were feeding from the ADF The cancel process does not automatically clear the ADF Remove the jammed item See Media jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF Then clear the ite
169. formation about printing an index see Printing an index Print all the photos that are stored on a memory card To print all of the photos on a memory card complete the following steps 1 Insert the memory card into the device See Inserting a memory card 2 Press PHoto 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Print photos 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Select photos and then press ENTER 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select All 1 X and then press Enter 6 Press Enter again to confirm the print job Enable or disable memory cards Use HP Toolbox to enable or disable the device memory card functionality If you do not have access to HP Toolbox you can enable or disable the device memory card functionality by using the embedded Web server See Embedded Web server 1 Open HP Toolbox 2 Click Device Settings and then click the Print Settings tab 3 Click Memory Card and then select or clear the Enable memory cards check box This setting can be protected by setting a network password See Set my network password If the control panel shows Memory Cards Disabled and you cannot change the setting it is protected by a network password See your network or printer administrator 150 Chapter 11 How do I ENWW Note ENWW Use a proof sheet This feature allows you to print photos from a proof sheet that allows you to preview your images before printing them A proof sheet can cont
170. g HP Brochure Laser Paper Matte High opacity for two sided Q6543A letter 150 sheets printing with no show through 44 Ib HP Photo and Imaging Laser High contrast glossy finish 32 Q6545A letter 200 sheets Paper Glossy lb HP Photo and Imaging Laser High contrast matte finish 52 Ib Q6549A letter 100 sheets Paper Matte HP Presentation Laser Paper Bright white for high contrast Q6541A letter 200 sheets Soft Gloss 32 Ib 278 Appendix A Accessories and ordering information ENWW User replaceable parts ENWW Product name Fuser Separation pad and pick up rollers Automatic document feeder ADF Replace when print quality issues remain after you have cleaned the engine and tried all troubleshooting measures See Cleaning the device and Print problems Replace when the device is picking up multiple sheets or no sheets Trying different paper did not resolve the problem Replace when the ADF is damaged or not working correctly Contact HP Customer Care to order parts Contact HP Customer Care to order parts Contact HP Customer Care to order parts User replaceable parts 279 Supplementary documentation A printed copy of this user guide is available in the following languages User guides Traditional Chinese 280 Appendix A Accessories and ordering information ENWW B Service and support Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LI
171. g settings on the Color tab in the printer driver e Mac OS 9 2 2 Print in grayscale or change the color options by using the Color Matching pop up menu in the Print dialog box e Mac OS 10 2 10 3 Print in grayscale or change the color options by selecting Color Options and then clicking Show Advanced Options in the Print dialog box Print in Grayscale Selecting the Print in Grayscale option from the printer driver prints a document in black and shades of gray This option is useful for printing color documents that will be photocopied or faxed When Print in Grayscale is selected the device enters monochrome mode Printing in this mode reduces wear on the color print cartridges Automatic versus Manual color adjustment The Automatic color adjustment option optimizes the neutral gray color treatment halftones and edge enhancements that are used for each element in a document For more information see your printer driver online Help Note Automatic is the default setting and is recommended for printing all color documents Use the Manual color adjustment option to adjust the neutral gray color treatment halftones and edge enhancements for text graphics and photographs To gain access to the manual color options on the Color tab click Manual and then click Settings Manual color options Use the manual color adjustment to adjust the Color or Color Map and Halftone options Note Some software programs convert text or
172. g the reprint memory this procedure clears any fax that is currently being sent unsent faxes that are pending redial faxes that are scheduled to be sent ata future time and faxes that are not printed or forwarded To delete faxes from memory On the device control panel press Menu Press the gt button once to display Fax functions and then press Enter Use the lt or gt button to select Clear saved faxs and then press ENTER UN a Press ENTER to confirm the deletion 108 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Using fax forwarding ENWW You can set your device to forward incoming faxes to another fax number When the fax arrives at your device it is stored in the memory The device then dials the fax number that you have specified and sends the fax If the device cannot forward a fax because of an error for example the number is busy and repeated redial attempts are unsuccessful your device prints the fax If the device runs out of memory while receiving a fax it terminates the incoming fax and only forwards the pages and partial pages that have been stored in the memory When it is using the fax forwarding feature the device rather than the computer must be receiving the faxes and the answer mode must be set to Automatic see Setting the answer mode To use fax forwarding On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to sel
173. ges from side one in the input tray again Side one should be facing down with the top edge feeding into the device first 9 Click OK on the computer screen and wait for side two to print 10 Fold and staple the pages 52 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW Canceling a print job If your print job is currently printing you can cancel it by pressing Cance on the device control panel CAUTION Pressing CanceL clears the job that the device is currently processing If more than one process is running for example the device is printing a document while receiving a fax pressing Cance clears the process that currently appears on the device control panel You can also cancel a print job from a software program or a print queue To stop the print job immediately remove the remaining print media from the device After printing stops use one of the following options e Device control panel To cancel the print job press and release Cance on the device control panel e Software program Typically a dialog box appears briefly on the computer screen allowing you to cancel the print job e Windows print queue If a print job is waiting in a print queue computer memory or print spooler delete the job there e Windows 98 Windows Me or Windows 2000 Go to the Printer dialog box Click Start click Settings and then click Printers Double click the device icon to open the window select your print job and then click Delete e Wi
174. graphics to raster images In these cases the Photographs setting also controls the text and graphics 58 Chapter 6 Printing with color ENWW Halftone options Halftoning is the method by which the device mixes the four primary colors cyan magenta yellow and black in varying proportions to create millions of colors Halftone options affect the resolution and clarity of your color output The two halftone options are Smooth and Detail The Smooth option provides better results for large solid filled print areas It also enhances photos by smoothing out fine color gradations Choose this option when uniform and smooth area fills are the most important attributes The Detail option is useful for text and graphics that require sharp distinctions among lines or colors or images that contain a pattern or a high level of detail Choose this option when sharp edges and details are the most important attributes Neutral Grays The Neutral Grays setting determines the method for creating gray colors that are used in text graphics and photographs Black Only generates neutral colors grays and black by using only black toner This option guarantees that neutral colors do not have a color cast and generally produces the best results for text and graphics 4 Color generates neutral colors by combining all four colors of toner This option produces smoother gradients and transitions to non neutral colors It also produces the darkest possible
175. ground might appear in a different shade If possible use an original document without a colored background ENWW Copy problems 251 Problem Vertical white or faded stripes appear on the copy Aa Aa Aa Aa Aa Cc Cc Cc Cc Cc Unwanted lines appear on the copy Black dots or streaks appear on the copy Copies are too light or dark Text is unclear The media might not meet HP specifications One or more print cartridges might be low Tray 1 might not be placed correctly The flatbed scanner or the ADF glass might be dirty The photosensitive drum inside the print cartridge might have been scratched Ink glue correction fluid or an unwanted substance might be on the automatic document feeder ADF or flatbed scanner The printer driver or device software settings may be incorrect The printer driver or device software settings may be incorrect Media handling problems Problem Poor print quality or toner adhesion 252 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The paper is too moist too rough too heavy or too smooth or it is embossed or from a faulty paper lot Use media that meets HP specifications See Media specifications Replace any low print cartridges See Changing a print cartridge Verify that tray 1 is in place Clean the flatbed scanner or the ADF glass See To clean the scanner glass Install a new HP print cartridge See Chang
176. gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Phone Book Use the lt or the gt button to select Group setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Add Edit group and then press Enter Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number that you want to associate with this group and then press Enter Selecting 1 through 5 also associates the group with the corresponding one touch key Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter a name for the group and then press ENTER Complete one of the following steps Press a one touch key and then press Enter again to confirm the addition Repeat this step for each group member you want to add Select Phone Book and then select the speed dial entry for the group member you want to add Press Enter to confirm the addition Repeat this step for each group member you want to add When you are finished press ENTER If you have more group dial entries to assign press EnTeER and then repeat steps 1 through 10 To delete group dial entries Or Or oR Ge iy gt 100 Chapter 8 Fax On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Phone Book Use the lt or the gt button to select Group setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Delete group and then press ENTER Using the alphanumeric buttons enter the number of the group
177. h sides duplexing manually and N up printing capability multiple pages printed on one sheet see Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper N up printing can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources Plastics Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product s life HP LaserJet printing supplies In many countries regions this product s printing supplies for example print cartridge imaging drum can be returned to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program An easy to use and free takeback program is available in over 48 countries regions Multi lingual program information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program Information Since 1990 the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program has collected millions of used HP LaserJet print cartridges that otherwise may have been discarded in the world s landfills The HP LaserJet print cartridges and supplies are collected and bulk shipped to our resource and recovery partners who disassemble the cartridge After a thorough quality inspection selected parts are reclaimed for use in new cartridges Remaining materials are separated and converted into raw materials for use by other industries to make a variety of
178. hat the fax machine is on and ready Check that you are dialing the correct fax number Check that the Redial if busy option is enabled Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start FAx Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the device plugging in a telephone to the phone line and making a voice call Plug the device phone cord into a jack for another phone line and then try sending the fax again Try a different phone cord If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Allow the device to retry sending the fax Call the recipient to ensure that the fax machine is on and ready Check that you are dialing the correct fax number Check for a dial tone on the phone line by pressing Start FAx Make sure that the phone is working by disconnecting the device plugging in a telephone to the phone line and making a voice call Plug the device phone cord into a jack for another phone line and try sending the fax again Try a different phone cord If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Print all of the faxes and have the sender resend the fax Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from memory See Deleting faxes from memory Note Adding a memory DIMM does not help resolve this issue Control panel messages
179. he gt button to select PhoneBook report and then press EnTeER The device exits the menu settings and prints the report Billing code report The billing code report is a printed list of all of the fax billing codes and the total number of faxes that have been billed to each code After this report is printed all billing data is deleted Troubleshooting tools 269 To print a billing code report 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Billing report and then press Enter The device exits the menu settings and prints the report HP Toolbox HP Toolbox is a Web application that you can use for troubleshooting tasks To view HP Toolbox Open HP Toolbox in one of these ways e On the Windows desktop double click the HP Toolbox icon e On the Windows Start menu click Programs All Programs in Windows XP and then click HP Toolbox Troubleshooting tab HP Toolbox includes a Troubleshooting tab that contains links to the following main pages e Control Panel Messages View descriptions of device control panel messages e Clearing Jams View information about locating and clearing jams e Print Problems View Help topics that can help you solve print problems e Scan Problems View Help topics that can help you solve scan problems e Copy Problems View Help topics that can help you solve copy problems e
180. he gt button to select Scan and then press Enter The device scans the proof sheet and prints the photos that you marked Repeat steps 5 through 9 for each proof sheet Photos printed with this method can be printed in color only Save photos from a memory card to my computer Use HP Director to transfer images from a memory card in the device to your computer 1 Open HP Director and click Transfer Images 2 Inthe dialog box that appears complete the necessary settings and then click Start Transfer The images are transferred to your computer For more information about HP Director see the HP Director online Help Windows operating system users who do not have HP Director installed can use Windows Explorer to move files from the memory card to their computer Photo How do I 151 Copy How do I Use this section to answer copying questions Change the copy settings such as number of copies in HP Toolbox Note The changes that you make to the copy settings in HP Toolbox apply to all future copy jobs 1 Open HP Toolbox and click Device Settings 2 Click the Copy Settings tab On the Copying page change any of the following settings that you want to change e Copy quality e Contrast e Collation e Number of copies 4 Click Apply to save the changes Reduce or enlarge an original Use HP Toolbox to produce reduced or enlarged copies of the original document 1 Open HP Toolbox and click Device Settings 2 Click
181. he correct resolution and color settings See Scanner resolution and color ENWW Copy problems This section helps you identify and resolve copying problems Preventing problems The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy quality e Copy from the flatbed scanner This will produce a higher quality copy than copying from the automatic document feeder ADF e Use quality originals e Load the media correctly If the media is loaded incorrectly it might skew causing unclear images and problems with the OCR application See Loading documents to scan for instructions e Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals Note Verify that the media meets HP specifications If the media meets HP specifications recurring feed problems indicate the copier separation pad is worn Contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the flyer that came in the printer box Image problems Problem Images are missing or faded One or more print cartridges Replace any low print might be low cartridges See Changing a print cartridge The original might be of poor If your original is too light or quality damaged the copy might not be able to compensate even if you adjust the contrast If possible find an original document in better condition The original might have a Colored backgrounds might colored background cause images in the foreground to blend into the background or the back
182. he device features a special cleaning mode to clean the paper path If you have access to HP Toolbox HP recommends cleaning the paper path by using HP Toolbox See Clean the paper path To clean the paper path 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Service and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Cleaning Mode and then press Enter A page feeds through the printer slowly Discard the page when the process is completed 4 Load plain letter or A4 paper when you are prompted 5 Press Enter again to confirm and begin the cleaning process A page feeds through the printer slowly Discard the page when the process is completed T 30 protocol trace Use a T 30 protocol trace report to troubleshoot fax transmission issues To print a T 30 protocol trace report Send a fax from the device or receive a fax to the device from another fax machine and then print a T 30 trace report after the fax prints 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Service and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Print T 30 and then press Enter The device exits the menu settings and prints the reports Explanations of some of the report s column heading follow e Date and Time identify when the fax begins e Type is the type of fax activity send or receive Troubleshooting tools 271 e Identification i
183. he left arrow key or the right arrow key until Demo Page appears and then press ENTER You can also view this page from HP Toolbox Usage page The Usage page displays usage statistics such as the number of copies made from the flatbed scanner or the automatic document feeder the number of faxes sent or received HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only the number of pages printed or the number of pages jammed in the scanner engine You can print a Usage page from the device or HP Toolbox To print a usage page from the device complete the following steps 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Usage page and then press ENTER Configuration page The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the device You can print a Configuration page from the device or HP Toolbox To print the Configuration page from the device complete the following steps 1 On the control panel menu press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press ENTER 178 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Config report and then press ENTER hp color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 ca 2 E E E E og
184. her supplies information You can print a Supplies Status page from the device or the HP Toolbox To print from the device complete the following steps 1 On the control panel menu press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press ENTER ENWW Information pages 179 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Supplies Status and then press ENTER Note Supplies information is also available through the HP Toolbox hp color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 wa Supplies Status Page 1 o 1 Print cartridge area This area contains a section for each of the print cartridges and provides information about HP print cartridges This information includes the part number for each print cartridge whether each print cartridge is low and the life remaining for each print cartridge expressed as a percentage as a graphic and as the estimated number of pages remaining This information might not be provided for non HP supplies In some cases if a non HP supply is installed an alert message appears instead 2 Imaging drum area This area contains the same information for the imaging drum that the print cartridge area provides for the print cartridges 3 Warranty Note This section contains information about how the device warranty is affected when you use non HP supplies It also requests that you call the HP fraud hotline if a supply that is being detected as
185. i 285 imaging drum 283 print cartridge 283 product 281 watermarks 41 wavy paper troubleshooting 240 websites customer support v Electronics Industry Alliance 295 Energy Star 294 HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program 295 ordering supplies v 273 weight device 287 paper specifications 23 white or faded stripes 252 WIA compliant software scanning from 126 Windows drivers 16 printing from 38 scan by using HP Director 122 scanning from device control panel 119 scanning from TWAIN or WIA software 126 scanning to e mail 119 scanning to folder 119 uninstalling software 20 versions supported 14 Word faxing from 84 wrinkles troubleshooting 241 Index 315 316 Index ENWW 2004 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P www hp com Q3948 90901
186. ic In this answer mode the device answers incoming calls after a specified number of rings or upon recognition of special fax tones To specify the number of rings see Changing the rings to answer setting Manual In this answer mode the device never answers calls You must start the fax receiving process yourself either by pressing Start Fax on the control panel or by picking up a telephone that is connected to that line and dialing 1 2 3 in tone dial mode only Although most users leave the answer mode set to Automatic voice callers who dial the fax telephone number will hear fax tones if the telephone is not answered or if they do not hang up by the specified number of rings to answer If you do not want voice callers to hear fax tones use the Manual setting But remember that fax calls are not received automatically when the mode is set to Manual To set the answer mode To set or change the answer mode complete the following steps 1 2 3 4 5 On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Answer mode Use the lt or the gt button to select Automatic or Manual and then press ENTER The control panel display shows the answer mode setting that you specified Setting the answer mode 93 Changing ring patterns for call answering Note 9
187. ication to send a print job to the device ENWW fax HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only Connect the telephone line and press Start Fax to verify that a dial tone exists using a hand set if necessary Attempt to send a fax Sent fax is incomplete or of poor quality Uninstall and then reinstall the device software Verify that you are using the correct installation procedure and the correct port setting Reconnect the cable An incorrect driver is selected Select the proper driver Other devices are connected to the Disconnect the other devices and try USB port again to print Uninstall and then reinstall the device software Verify that you are using the correct installation procedure and the correct port setting If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Troubleshooting process 215 Step Verification step Possible problems number Does the device scan to The cable is not connected correctly Reconnect the cable the computer Software is not installed correctly or an Uninstall and then reinstall the device Initiate a scan from the error occurred during software software Verify that you are using the basic desktop software at installation correct installation procedure and the your computer correct port setting If the error persists turn off the device and then turn on the device If the err
188. ing 59 G Getting started guide 2 glass cleaning 192 glass size setting 89 glossary of terms 301 glossy paper 46 gray background troubleshooting 237 grayscale printing in 41 scanning 131 troubleshooting 242 group dial entries adding 99 deleting 100 list of printing 190 sending faxes to 78 guides documentation 2 308 Index H halftone options 59 header fax 75 76 heavy paper printing on 44 specifications 23 47 help documentation 2 drivers 17 HP fraud hotline 206 HP ImageREt 2400 57 HP Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE v HP LaserJet Tough paper 48 HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program 294 HP SupportPack 285 HP Toolbox Device Settings 184 Documentation tab 183 Fax Settings tab 185 Fax tab 182 HP Toolbox links 185 Network Settings tab 185 opening 181 operating systems supported 14 Other links 185 Print Settings tab 184 Status tab 182 System Settings tab 184 toner level checking from 202 Troubleshooting tab 183 HP Authorized Dealers vi humidity specifications device environment 288 paper storing 25 l IBM OS 2 support 14 image quality cleaning page printing 193 copy troubleshooting 251 print troubleshooting 234 235 scans troubleshooting 247 249 specifications 6 image quality troubleshooting light or dark print 252 imaging drums See drums index page troubleshooting 264 index photo 139 indicator lights device control panel error messages 217 information page
189. ing a print cartridge Clean the device See Cleaning the device Verify that the quality settings are correct See Adjusting the copy quality See the device software Help for more information about changing the settings Verify that the quality settings are correct See Adjusting the copy quality See the device software Help for more information about changing the settings Try another kind of paper between 100 and 250 Sheffield 4 to 6 moisture content ENWW CC Dropouts jamming or curl The paper has been stored Store paper flat in its moisture incorrectly proof wrapping The paper has variability from Turn the paper over one side to the other Excessive curl The paper is too moist has the Open the rear output bin or wrong grain direction or is of use long grain paper short grain construction The paper varies from side to Turn the paper over side Jamming damage to device The paper has cutouts or Use paper that is free of perforations cutouts or perforations Problems with feeding The paper has ragged edges Use high quality paper that is made for color laser printers The paper varies from side to Turn the paper over side The paper is too moist too Try another kind of paper rough too heavy or too between 100 and 250 smooth has the wrong grain Sheffield 4 to 6 moisture direction or is of short grain content construction or it is embossed or from a faulty paper lot
190. ing systems as well as systems with insufficient memory must perform a minimum installation to ensure that your computer continues to operate at optimal levels This procedure installs the software necessary to print and scan from your computer You will not be able to scan from the device however For the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one printer scanner fax copier the minimum installation also allows you to view memory cards in the device from Windows Explorer Printer drivers 19 Uninstalling the printing software Uninstall software by using the following directions for your operating system Using Add or Remove Programs to uninstall Use the Add or Remove Programs method in Windows to remove the device software This method does not require you to have the software CD 1 Click Start point to Settings and click Control Panel e In Windows XP click Start and then click Control Panel 2 Double click Add or Remove Programs Scroll through the list of software programs and click HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one 4 Click Remove Uninstalling software for Macintosh To remove the printing software from your Macintosh open the Finder navigate to Applications HP LaserJet aio HP Uninstaller and then run the application 20 Chapter 2 Software ENWW ENWW Media specifications This section contains information about specifications for the quality of media guidelines for media usage and guidelines for media
191. inks to the following main pages Device Information View information about the device such as the device description and a contact person Paper Handling Change the device paper handling settings such as default paper size and default paper type Print Quality Change the device print quality settings such as color calibration and grayscale printing Print Density Change the device print density settings such as contrast and shadows Print Modes Change the device mode settings for a each media type such as letterhead prepunched or glossy paper System Setup Change the device system settings such as device language and jam recovery Volumes Change the device volume settings such as the telephone line HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only and alarm volumes Date Time Change the device date and time settings Service Gain access to various procedures required to maintain the device Device Polling Change the device polling settings which determine how often HP Toolbox collects data from the device Save Restore Settings Save the current settings for the device to a file on your computer Use this file to load the same settings onto another device or to restore these settings to this device at a later time Print Settings tab The Print Settings tab contains links to the following main pages Printing Change the default device print settings such as number of copies and paper orientation PC
192. ion Features The HP embedded Web server allows you to view device and network card status and manage printing functions from your computer With the HP embedded Web server you can do the following e view device status information e determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones e view and change tray configurations e view and change the device control panel menu configuration e view and print internal pages e add or customize links to other Web sites e select the language in which to display the embedded Web server pages e view and change network configuration e view support content that is device specific and specific to the device s current state For a complete explanation of the features and functionality of the embedded Web server see the embedded Web server online Help For more information about other Help sources see Where to look for more information ENWW Embedded Web server 187 Fax logs and reports Use the following instructions to print fax logs and reports Printing the fax activity log The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received sent or deleted and any errors that occurred A fax activity log includes the following information e All faxes that have been received to the device e All faxes that have been sent from the control panel e All faxes that have been sent from the HP Toolbox and the fax software driver e All faxes that h
193. king you can replace it For information about ordering supplies see Accessories and ordering information To change the ADF 1 Atthe device open the ADF cover 3 Remove the ADF by lifting it upward and tilting it forward as the hinges nearly disconnect from the device ENWW Changing the automatic document feeder ADF 195 5 Insert the hinges on the new ADF so that they are slightly tilted forward and then push straight down into the device 6 Insert the connector by pushing down on it until it clicks into place 196 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW Changing the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly To change the ADF pickup roller assembly If your automatic document feeder ADF has trouble feeding paper you can replace the ADF pickup roller assembly See Accessories and ordering information to order an ADF pickup roller assembly To remove the existing assembly use the following procedure 1 Turn off the device and unplug the power cord S 2 Open the automatic document feeder ADF cover Sse BE LA BA ZZ ZZ Se Z 3 Press the round green button while lifting the green lever Rotate the green lever until it stops in the open position The old pickup roller assembly should remain on the surface 4 Remove the old assembly and put the new one in exactly the same place The largest roller goes in back and the gear side is away from you ENWW
194. l panel see Fax The following options found on the Fax tab Send Settings page change how a fax is optimized when it is sent e Resolution e Standard e Fine e Super Fine e Photo e Contrast e Select a setting between Light to Dark ENWW Fax Howdol 161 Scan How do I Note Note Note Use this section to answer scanning questions Scan from the device control panel 1 2 Load the originals that are to be scanned in the automatic document feeder ADF and adjust the media guides OR Lift the flatbed scanner cover and load the original face down on the glass with the upper left corner of the document located in the lower right corner of the glass Gently close the lid Press Start Scan or Scan To on the control panel To use the Scan To button you must have HP Toolbox installed on your computer Set up the Scan to button on the control panel Use HP Toolbox to set up the device Scan To button 1 2 3 Open HP Toolbox and click the Scan to tab On the Scan to E mail or a Folder page select Turn on scan to e mail or a folder In the Add E mail Addresses or a Folder section type an e mail address or click Browse to navigate to a folder for the Scan To button Click Add Save a scan to a folder on my computer If the device is connected to a network you must have at least one folder set up in HP Toolbox for this feature to work For more information see Add or edit e mail addresses for
195. l the orange tab straight out to remove the sealing tape Other How do I 167 ENWW 6 Squeeze the blue release levers on the print cartridge holding it with the roller facing you Lower the cartridge straight down into the carousel until it is firmly in place AKI e lf you need to replace another cartridge close the top cover and the scanner assembly press Rotate Carousel and then repeat steps 4 through 6 7 Close the top cover and then close the scanner assembly Replace the imaging drum 1 Push the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly 168 Chapter 11 How do I ENWW 4 Lift the imaging drum straight up to remove it from the device Remove the new imaging drum from its packaging Place the imaging drum on a firm surface and then pull the orange rings to remove the shipping pins 7 Remove the orange shipping lock on each end of the imaging drum and remove the two orange shipping spacers 8 Remove the orange cover from the imaging drum pex 2 P Wp oa SSeS LOO Lf o CAUTION Do not touch the surface of the roller or expose the roller to light for an extended period of time Doing so could cause print quality issues 9 Align the arrows on the side of the imaging drum with the arrows inside the printer ENWW Other How do I 169 CAUTION 10 Lower the imaging drum into
196. latbed scanner provides the best fax copy and scan resolution 24 Chapter 3 Media specifications ENWW Printing and storage environment ENWW Ideally the printing and media storage environment should be at or near room temperature and not too dry or too humid Remember that paper absorbs and loses moisture rapidly Heat works with humidity to damage paper Heat causes the moisture in paper to evaporate while cold causes it to condense on the sheets Heating systems and air conditioners remove most of the humidity from a room As paper is opened and used it loses moisture causing streaks and smudging Humid weather or water coolers can cause the humidity to increase in a room As paper is opened and used it absorbs any excess moisture causing light print and dropouts Also as paper loses and gains moisture it can distort This issue can cause jams As a result paper storage and handling are as important as the paper making process itself Paper storage environmental conditions directly affect the feed operation and print quality Care should be taken not to purchase more paper than can be easily used in a short time about three months Paper stored for long periods can experience heat and moisture extremes which can cause damage Planning is important to prevent damage to a large supply of paper Unopened paper in sealed reams can remain stable for several months before use Opened packages of paper have more potential for environ
197. lbox to reset the device to its original settings 1 2 3 4 Open HP Toolbox and click Device Settings Click Service In the Resets section click Restore Click OK to confirm the restore process and then click OK again to return to HP Toolbox The device settings revert to the original factory set settings View the control panel menu items for the device Use the device control panel to print a menu map that shows all of the control panel menus that you can navigate 1 2 3 On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Menu structure and then press Enter The device prints a menu map Replace print cartridges 1 Push the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly 166 Chapter 11 How do I ENWW 2 Open the top cover 3 Make sure that the correct print cartridge slot is in the access position e Ifthe correct print cartridge slot is not in the access position close the top cover and the scanner assembly and then press Rotate Carouse until the correct print cartridge slot is in the correct position 4 Pinch together the two large blue tabs on the first cartridge and then lift the cartridge straight up to remove it from the carousel N ANI 5 Remove the new print cartridge from its packaging remove the orange cover from the print cartridge and then pul
198. lighter darker setting for the current job 1 On the device control panel press LicHTeER DarkER to see the current contrast setting 2 Use the lt or the gt button to adjust the setting Move the slider to the left to make the copy lighter than the original or move the slider to the right to make the copy darker than the original 3 Press Start Black or START CoLoR to save the selection and immediately start the copy job or press Enter to save the selection without starting the job The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed During this time Settings Custom appears on the device control panel display To adjust the default lighter darker setting The default lighter darker setting affects all copy jobs On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Copy setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Def Light Dark and then press Enter oe SNS Use the lt or the gt button to adjust the setting Move the slider to the left to make all of the copies lighter than the original or move the slider to the right to make all of the copies darker than the original 5 Press Enter to save the selection Adjusting the lighter darker contrast setting 65 Reducing or enlarging copies The device can reduce copies to as little as 25 of the original or enlarge copies to as much as 400 of the original It can als
199. ll fax jobs to one of the following settings Standard This setting provides the lowest quality and the fastest transmission time Fine This setting provides a higher resolution quality than Standard that is usually appropriate for text documents Superfine This setting is best used for documents that mix text and images The transmission time is slower than Fine but faster than Photo Photo This setting produces the best images but greatly increases the transmission time To change the default resolution setting oO Oe oy gt On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Send setup and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Def Resolution and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to change the resolution setting Press Enter to save the selection For instructions about changing the resolution for the current fax job only see To adjust the resolution for the current fax job Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Changing the default glass size setting ENWW This setting determines which paper size the flatbed scanner scans when you send a fax from the scanner The factory set default is determined by the region country in which you purchased the device To change the default glass size setting On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select
200. log boxes give detailed information about the specific printer driver Help for the printer driver is separate from the Help for your program Software for Macintosh For Mac 9 2 2 the Apple LaserWriter 8 driver must be installed to use the PPD file Use the Apple LaserWriter 8 driver that came with your Macintosh For Mac OS 10 2 and 10 3 use Print Center to print The device includes the following software for Macintosh computers HP Director HP Director is a software application that is used when working with documents When the document is loaded into the automatic document feeder ADF and the computer is connected directly to the device HP Director appears on the computer screen to initiate faxing scanning or changing settings on the device via the Macintosh Configure Device application Also included is the HP all in one Setup Assistant which sets up the fax and print queues PPDs Mac OS 9 2 2 PPDs in combination with the LaserWriter driver provide access to the printer features and allow the computer to communicate with the device An installation program for the PPDs is provided on the HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one CD ROM for Macintosh PDEs Mac OS 10 2 and 10 3 PDEs are code plug ins that provide access to device features such as information about the number of copies two sided printing and quality settings An installation program for the PDEs and other software is provided on the HP Color LaserJ
201. lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Send setup and then press ENTER 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Redial Comm Err and then press ENTER 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press ENTER ENWW Changing the redial settings 91 Receiving faxes to your computer To receive faxes to your computer you must turn on the receive to PC setting in the software see the device software Help The receive to PC setting can be activated only from one computer If for any reason that computer is no longer available you can use the following procedure to turn the receive to PC setting off from the device control panel To turn off the receive to PC setting from the control panel 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax functions and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Stop Recv to PC and then press Enter to confirm your selection After you select the Stop Recv to PC setting any faxes that remain in the device memory are printed Note You cannot use the receive to PC feature if you are using Macintosh software Windows 98 Windows ME or Windows NT 92 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Setting the answer mode Note ENWW Depending on your situation you can set the device answer mode to Automatic or Manual The factory set default is Automatic Automat
202. ltipurpose tray See tray 1 N N up printing 41 Network Settings tab HP Toolbox 185 Neutral Grays options 59 noise specifications 288 non HP print cartridges 205 number of copies changing 70 6 OCR software installing 129 on site service agreements 285 on off switch locating 9 one touch keys fax deleting all 101 list of printing 190 programming 98 99 online customer support v online help documentation 2 drivers 17 operating environment specifications 288 operating systems supported 14 310 Index optical character recognition software installing 129 optional tray 2 See tray 2 options See settings ordering supplies and accessories v 274 originals loading ADF 31 flatbed scanner 30 OS 2 support 14 output bins locating 9 selecting 44 output quality cleaning page printing 193 copy troubleshooting 251 print troubleshooting 234 235 scans troubleshooting 247 249 specifications 6 outside lines dial prefixes 103 pauses inserting 102 overhead transparencies specifications 23 48 ozone specifications 294 P page by page scanning Macintosh 125 pages blank 245 not printing 246 printing slowly 245 skewed 240 244 pages per minute 4 6 pages per sheet 41 paper ADF sizes supported 259 colored 46 curled troubleshooting 240 custom sized 45 default size changing 32 fax autoreduction settings 96 first page different 49 glossy 46 heavy 47 HP part numbers 278 jams 228 loading tray
203. m overseas or if you are using a Satellite telephone connection To change the error correction setting On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select All faxes and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Error correction and then press ENTER ou Re QS Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter to save your selection 114 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Changing the V 34 setting The V 34 setting is the modem protocol that the device uses to send faxes It is the worldwide standard for full duplex modems that send and receive data across telephone lines at up to 33 600 bits per second bps The factory set default for the V 34 setting is On You should change the V 34 setting only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax from a particular device Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas or receive one from overseas or if you are using a satellite telephone connection To change the V 34 setting On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select All faxes and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select V 34 and then press ENTER OV 3 Noa Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and the
204. malle lasersateilylle VARNING Om apparaten anvands pa annat satt an i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anvandaren uts ttas for osynlig laserstralning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 kirjoittimen sisalla ei ole kayttajan huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil T llaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota v riainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita k ytt j n k sikirjassa lueteltuja k ytt j n teht v ksi tarkoitettuja yll pitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoisty kaluja VARO Mik li kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa l katso s teeseen VARNING Om laserprinterns skyddsh lje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion uts ttas anv ndaren f r osynlig laserstr lning Betrakta ej str len Tiedot laitteessa k ytett v n laserdiodin s teilyominaisuuksista Aallonpituus 770 800 nm Teho 5 mW Luokan 3B laser 300 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Glossary ADF all in one browser collate comma contrast dedicated line DIMM distinctive ring dots per inch dpi DSL ENWW Automatic document feeder The ADF is used to automatically feed originals into the device for copying scanning or faxing A designation given to HP devices that can perform several func
205. mental damage especially if they are not wrapped with a moisture proof barrier The media storage environment should be properly maintained to ensure optimum device performance The required condition is 20 to 24 C 68 to 75 F with a relative humidity of 45 to 55 The following guidelines are helpful when evaluating the paper s storage environment e Print media should be stored at or near room temperature e The air should not be too dry or too humid e The best way to store an opened ream of paper is to rewrap it tightly in its moisture proof wrapping If the device environment is subject to extremes unwrap only the amount of paper to be used during the day s operation to prevent unwanted moisture changes e Avoid storing paper and print media near heating and air conditioning vents or near windows and doors that are frequently open Printing and storage environment 25 26 Chapter 3 Media specifications ENWW ENWW Using the device This section provides information about using the HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one Loading trays Using the device control panel 27 Loading trays Load special print media such as envelopes labels and transparencies in tray 1 only Note Because tray 2 is not included for all models it is referred to as optional tray 2 in this documentation Loading tray 1 Tray 1 the multipurpose tray holds up to 125 sheets of paper or other print media or it holds u
206. meric buttons to enter a name for the fax number To do so repeatedly press the alphanumeric button for the letter that you need until the letter appears For a list of characters see Using dialing characters 5 Press Enter to save the information To manage group dial entries If you send information to the same group of people on a regular basis you can program a group dial entry to simplify the task Group dial entries are composed of speed dial entries Group dial entries using numbers 1 through 5 are also associated with the corresponding one touch key on the control panel Any individual speed dial entry can be added to a group All group members must have programmed speed dial entries or one touch keys assigned to them before being added to the group dial entry Use the following instructions to manage your group dial entries About speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries 99 Note Speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries are more easily programmed from the software For instructions about programming speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries by using the HP Toolbox see the HP Toolbox online Help To program group dial entries 1 DOG od a el 10 11 Assign a speed dial entry to each fax number that you want in the group For instructions see To program speed dial entries and one touch keys On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the
207. ms e Premature wear on the device requiring repair 22 Chapter 3 Media specifications ENWW Supported media weights and sizes For optimum results use conventional 75 to 90 g m 20 to 24 Ib photocopy paper Verify that the paper is of good quality and is free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles curls and bent edges Note The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media The capacity of trays and bins can vary depending on media weight and thickness and environmental conditions Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP color LaserJet printers Inkjet and monochrome transparencies are not supported for this device Tray 1 specifications Minimum 76 by 127 mm 3 60 to 177 g m 16 to 47 Ib Up to 125 sheets of 75 g m by 5 inches 20 Ib paper Maximum 216 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches Glossy paper Same as the preceding 75 to 120 g m 20 to 32 Ib Maximum stack height 12 mm listed minimum and 0 47 inches maximum sizes HP Cover paper 203 g m 75 Ib cover 50 typically Transparencies and Thickness 0 10 to 0 13 mm_ 50 typically opaque film 3 9 to 5 1 mils Labels Thickness up to 0 23 mm 50 typically up to 9 mils Up to 90 g m 16 to 24 Ib Up to 10 1The printer supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media Check the printer driver for supported sizes Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness and envi
208. ms in the ADF tray and start over Remove the jammed item See Media jams occur in the automatic document feeder ADF Then clear the items in the ADF tray and start over Control panel messages 217 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Recommended action Canceled send Clear document The Cancel button was pressed to Remove the jammed item See Media cancel the current job while pages were jams occur in the automatic document feeding from the ADF tray The cancel feeder ADF Then clear the items in process does not automatically clear the the ADF tray and start over ADF Card is not fully inserted The memory card has not been fully Verify that the memory card is inserted inserted completely Comm error A fax communication error occurred Allow the device to retry sending the fax between the device and the sender or Unplug the device telephone cord from receiver the wall plug in a telephone and try making a call Plug the device phone cord into a jack for another phone line Try a different phone cord If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Device error Enter to cont An internal error occurred in the device Press Enter to resume the job Device is busy Try again later The device is currently in use Wait for the device to finish the current job Doc feeder jam Clear Reload A piece
209. n press Enter ENWW Changing the V 34 setting 115 116 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Note ENWW Scan Use the following instructions to perform scanning tasks Understanding scanning methods Scanning from the device control panel Windows Canceling a scan job Scanning by using HP Director Windows Scanning from the device and HP Director Macintosh Scanning by using TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant software Scanning a photo or a book Scanning by using optical character recognition OCR software Scanner resolution and color Many of the functions that are described in this chapter also can be performed by using the HP Toolbox For instructions about using the HP Toolbox see the HP Toolbox online Help 117 Understanding scanning methods You can scan an item in the following ways Scan from the device Start scanning directly from the device by using the device control panel scan buttons The Scan To button can be programmed to scan to a folder Windows only or to scan to e mail Note The HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one includes separate SCAN To FOLDER and SCAN TO EMAIL buttons instead of one Scan To button For more information see Scanning from the device control panel Windows Scan from HP Director Windows Press Start Scan on the device control panel to start the HP Director software Pressing Start Scan to start the HP Director software is not supported when the device i
210. n these options on or off To change the redial on busy option If this option is turned on the device redials automatically if it receives a busy signal The factory set default for the redial on busy option is On 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Send setup and then press Enter 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Redial if busy and then press ENTER 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter To change the redial on no answer option If this option is turned on the device redials automatically if the receiving machine does not answer The factory set default for the redial on no answer option is Off 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Send setup and then press ENTER 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Redial no answer and then press ENTER 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter To change the redial on communication error option If this option is turned on the device redials automatically if some sort of communication error occurs The factory set default for the redial on communication error option is On 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the
211. n you install the software for Windows you can directly connect the device to a computer by using a USB cable or you can connect the device to the network by using the internal print server See the getting started guide for installation instructions and see the Readme file for the latest software information The following software is available to all users of the device whether you connected the device directly to a computer by using a USB cable or whether you connected the device to the network by using a print server Printer drivers A printer driver is a software component that provides access to device features and provides the means for the computer to communicate with the device For help using your printer driver see Using Help 16 Chapter 2 Software ENWW ENWW Select a printer driver based on the way you use the device e Use the PCL 6 printer driver to take full advantage of the device features e Use the PostScript PS printer driver for compatibility with PS needs Certain device features are not available in this printer driver The device automatically switches between HP postscript level 3 emulation and PCL printer languages depending on the driver you have selected Using Help The printer driver has Help dialog boxes that can be activated from the Help button in the printer driver the F1 key on the computer keyboard or the question mark symbol in the upper right corner of the printer driver These Help dia
212. nclude the following events e The input trays are loaded improperly or overfilled or the media guides are not set properly e Optional tray 2 is removed during a print job e The top cover is opened during a print job e Too many sheets have accumulated in an output area or sheets are blocking an output area e The print media that is being used does not meet HP specifications See Media specifications e The media is damaged or has foreign objects attached to it such as staples or paper clips e The environment in which the print media was stored is too humid or too dry See Printing and storage environment Tips to avoid media jams e Verify that the input tray is not overfilled The input tray capacity varies depending on the type of print media that you are using e Verify that the media guides are properly adjusted e Check that the input tray is securely in place e Do not add print media into the input tray while the device is printing e Use only HP recommended media types and sizes See Media specifications for more information about print media types e Do not let print media stack up in the output bin The print media type and the amount of toner used affect the output bin capacity e Check the power connection Make sure that the power cord is firmly connected to both the device and the power supply box Plug the power cord into a grounded AC power outlet Where to look for jams Jams can occur in these l
213. ndatory for products marketed in the United States The printer is certified as a Class 1 laser product under the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation Using controls making adjustments or performing procedures other than those specified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation Canadian DOC statement Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements Conforme ala classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagn tiques CEM Korean EMI statement AFA QUE BS 717 ol AA S gF Arse Pe AABN SAMNSAUMES BE GE AAA MSS UEU Country region specific safety statements 299 Finnish laser statement LASERTURVALLISUUS LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 laserkirjoitin on kayttajan kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite Normaalissa k yt ss kirjoittimen suojakotelointi est lasersateen p syn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on m ritetty standardin EN60825 1 1994 mukaisesti VAROITUS Laitteen kayttaminen muulla kuin kaytt6ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa kayttajan turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle nakymatto
214. ndows XP Click Start and then click Printers and Faxes Double click the device icon to open the window select your print job and then click Delete e Desktop print queue Macintosh Open the print queue by double clicking the device icon in the Finder Then highlight the print job and click Trash ENWW Canceling a print job 53 54 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW ENWW Printing with color This chapter describes how the device provides great color printing This chapter also describes ways to produce the best possible color prints The following topics are covered Changing the color settings Using color Managing color options Matching colors 55 Changing the color settings When you are printing in color the printer driver is automatically set to the optimal color settings However you can manually make adjustments to how the device prints in color for text graphics and photographs See Managing color options for more information e Windows On the Color tab of the printer driver click Settings e Mac OS 9 2 2 In the Print dialog box select either the Color Options tab or the Color Matching tab e Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 In the Print dialog box click the Color Options tab and then click the Show Advanced Options button 56 Chapter 6 Printing with color ENWW Using color ENWW This device offers great color as soon as you set it up It provides a combination of automatic color features to generate ex
215. ne touch keys and group dial entries 101 Using dialing characters When using the control panel to enter your name in the header or to enter a name for a one touch key speed dial entry or group dial entry press the appropriate alphanumeric button repeatedly until the letter that you need appears Then press the gt button to select that letter and move to the next space This table shows which letters and numbers appear on each alphanumeric button when the default language is set to English button number eT 7 amp To insert a pause You can insert pauses into a fax number that you are dialing or programming to a one touch key speed dial entry or group dial entry Pauses are often needed when dialing internationally or connecting to an outside line e Press repeatedly until a comma appears on the control panel display indicating that the pause will occur at that point in the dialing sequence e Press repeatedly until W appears on the control panel display to have the device wait for a dial tone before dialing the rest of the telephone number e Press repeatedly until R appears on the control panel display to have the device perform a hook flash 102 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Inserting a dial prefix ENWW A dial prefix is a number or group of numbers that are automatically added to the beginning of every fax number you enter at the control panel or from the software The maximum number of characters fo
216. nge your settings instead of clicking Next click Back to return to previous screens and then change the settings 12 On the Connection Type screen select Through the network and then click Next 13 On the Identify Printer screen identify the device either by searching or by specifying a hardware or IP address which is listed on the Configuration page you printed earlier In most cases an IP address is assigned but you can change it if you want by clicking Specify the printer by Address on the Identify Printer screen Click Next 14 Allow the installation process to complete Network How do I 147 To configure a direct connected shared device client server printing In this configuration the device is connected to a computer through a USB cable the computer is connected to the network and the device is shared with other computers on the network 1 Insert the device CD ROM into your computer If you have already set up your device click Install Software to start the software installer If the software installer does not start navigate to the hpsetup exe file on the CD ROM and double click the file Click Install HP Color LaserJet Software On the Welcome screen click Next On the Installer updates screen click Yes to search for installer updates on the Web ao fF oO N For Windows 2000 on the Installation Options screen choose the installation option Hewlett Packard recommends a typical installation if your syst
217. nline Help for information about how to print photos from your computer Windows operating system users also can use Windows Explorer to move other file types to their computer and then print the files from the computer Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one To determine in which slot your memory card needs to be inserted see the illustration below Accepts xD and SmartMedia memory cards Accepts MultiMedia Memory Stick and Memory Stick PRO memory cards Accepts CompactFlash memory cards Accepts Secure Digital memory cards AON The device reads the card and then the device control panel displays X Photos found on card where X is the number of recognized JPEG files found on the memory card Now you can use the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one to print photos You can use only one memory card in the device at a time If two or more are inserted the device displays an error message For more information about memory card messages see Memory card problems The HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one will recognize memory cards up to 2 GB 134 Chapter 10 Photo ENWW Changing default settings The HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one comes with default settings that were set at the factory You can change the default settings for photo printing from the device control panel Note The default settings remain as selected until you change and save them again If you want to change
218. nswer option was machine is on and ready pee Check that you are dialing the correct fax number Check that the redial option is enabled Unplug the telephone cord from both the device and the wall and replug the cord Unplug the device telephone cord from the wall plug in a telephone and try making a voice call Plug the device phone cord into a jack for another phone line If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box No fax detected The device answered the incoming call Allow the device to retry receiving the fax but did not detect that a fax machine i Try a different phone cord was calling Plug the device phone cord into a jack for another phone line If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box No paper pickup Enter to cont The print engine has failed to pick up a In tray 1 verify that the media was piece of media inserted far enough into the tray In optional tray 2 verify that the paper length guide is in the correct position for the media size that you are using Reload the media in the input tray and press Enter to continue the job If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box No Proof Sheet Found The proof sheet is not on the scanner is Verify that the pro
219. nt cartridge or imaging drum is not an HP print cartridge and you think that it is genuine HP will help determine if the product is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem Your print cartridge or imaging drum might not be a genuine HP one if you notice the following issues e You are experiencing a large number of problems with the print cartridge or imaging drum e The print cartridge or imaging drum does not look like it usually does for example the pull tab or the box is different In the United States call toll free 877 219 3183 Outside the United States you can call collect Dial the operator and ask to place a collect call to this telephone number 770 263 4745 If you do not speak English a representative at the HP fraud hotline who speaks your language will assist you Or if someone who speaks your language is not available a language line interpreter will connect approximately one minute after the beginning of the call The language line interpreter is a service that will translate between you and the representative for the HP fraud hotline 206 Chapter 13 Managing supplies ENWW Changing a print cartridge To replace a print cartridge Push the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly 1 3 Make sure that the correct print cartridge slot is in the access position If the correct print cartridge slot is not in the access position close the top cover and e the scanner assembly and then
220. nt for telecom operation New Zealand telecom statements Environmental Product Stewardship program Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 2820 all in one Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one and HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one Country region specific safety statements Introduction 289 Telephone Consumer Protection Act United States The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device including fax machines to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business other entity or individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business other entity or individual The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges In order to program this information into your facsimile see Specifying the fax settings 290 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW IC CS 03 requirements CAUTION ENWW Notice The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment This certification means the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the appropri
221. nt of background toner shading becomes unacceptable AQBoCc AQBboCc AQBboCc AQBbCc AQBoCc ENWW A single sheet of print media Try reprinting the job might be defective The moisture content of the Try different paper such as paper is uneven or the paper high quality paper that is has moist spots on its surface intended for color laser printers See Media specifications The paper lot is flawed The Try different paper such as manufacturing processes can high quality paper that is cause some areas to reject intended for color laser toner printers See Media specifications The imaging drum might be Replace the imaging drum See defective Changing the imaging drum If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box One or more print cartridges Replace any low print might be low or defective If cartridges See Changing a you are using non HP print print cartridge cartridges no messages appear on the device control panel or in the HP Toolbox The imaging drum might be low Replace the imaging drum See Changing the imaging drum The media might not meet Use a different paper with a HP specifications lighter basis weight See Media specifications Very dry low humidity Check the device environment conditions can increase the amount of background shading One or more print cartridges Replace any low prin
222. nt quality settings for all future jobs Note For Macintosh instructions see Printing from the Macintosh OS for more information For Windows 98 Windows 2000 and Windows Me 1 Inthe Windows system tray click Start select Settings and then click Printers 2 Right click the device icon 3 Click Properties in Windows 2000 you can also click Printing Preferences 4 Change the settings and click OK For Windows XP 1 Inthe Windows system tray click Start click Control Panel and then click Printers and Faxes Right click the device icon Click Properties or click Printing Preferences 4 Change the settings and click OK 234 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Identifying and correcting print defects Use the checklist and print quality issues charts in this section to solve print quality problems Print quality checklist General print quality problems can be solved by using the following checklist 1 Make sure that the paper or print media that you are using meets specifications See Media specifications Generally smoother paper provides better results 2 If you are using a special print media such as labels transparencies glossy or letterhead ensure that you have printed by type See Selecting a type or size 3 Printa Configuration page and Supplies Status page at the device See Information pages e Check the Supplies Status page to see if any supplies are low or empty No information
223. nter to select Phone Book Press Enter to select Individual setup Use the lt or the gt button to select Delete and then press ENTER oo es oO NN gt Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number of the speed dial entry you want to delete and then press ENTER 7 Press Enter to confirm the deletion To program speed dial entries or one touch keys quickly The following procedure cannot be used to program a group dial entry For group dial entry instructions see To program group dial entries Complete the following steps to program speed dial entries and one touch keys easily from the device control panel 1 On the device control panel complete one of the following tasks Press PHONE Book enter an unprogrammed speed dial entry and then press ENTER Press an unprogrammed one touch key The control panel display notifies you that the speed dial entry or one touch key has not been programmed 2 Press Enter to program the speed dial entry or one touch key 3 Enter the fax number and then press Enter Include pauses or other needed numbers such as an area code an access code for numbers outside a PBX system usually a 9 or 0 or a long distance prefix See Using dialing characters for more information When entering a fax number press Pause ReDIAL until a comma appears to insert a pause in the dialing sequence Press until W appears if you want the device to wait for a dial tone 4 Use the alphanu
224. nting from a memory card see Control panel messages Missing or wrong files Use the table in this section to solve problems with memory card files Problem Device cannot detect files on the memory card The memory card might be missing or inserted incorrectly The files might not be in the correct format You might have inserted more than one memory card Index page not printing Use the table in this section to solve problems with index page printing The index page will not print The memory card might have been removed before the device could print the page You might have inserted more than one memory card One or more print cartridges might be low Proof sheet not printing Use the table in this section to solve problems with proof sheet printing 264 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting Verify that the memory card is inserted correctly See Inserting a memory card To print from the device control panel the files must be in the sRGB JPEG format To print other formats you must use a software program on your computer Only one card slot can be occupied for the device to detect JPEG files Verify that only one card is inserted Reinsert the card and reprint the index page Only one card slot can be occupied for the device to detect JPEG files Verify that only one card is inserted Replace any low print cartridges See Changing a print cartridge ENWW ENWW Problem Th
225. ntly close the lid On the device control panel press Scan To Use the lt or the gt button to select an e mail program such as Apple Mail Press START Scan The original is scanned The e mail program that you selected in step 3 opens on the computer A blank e mail message opens with the scanned document as an attachment If you start the scan by clicking Scan to Email in the HP Director the original is scanned to the default e mail program 5 Enter an e mail recipient add text or other attachments and then send the message Scanning from the device and HP Director Macintosh 123 Scanning to a file 1 NO a Fw Load the originals that are to be scanned face up in the automatic document feeder ADF input tray Adjust the media guides to hold the originals in place OR Lift the flatbed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face down on the flatbed scanner with the upper left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass Gently close the lid If the device is connected directly to your computer the HP Director opens after you insert an item into the ADF input tray OR If you are scanning from the flatbed scanner or if the HP Director does not automatically open double click the desktop alias for the HP Director In the HP Director click HP LaserJet Scan A preview scan of the original appears Click the Save As icon Enter a name for the file and a file type Click Save
226. ntly feeds more than one page at a time the separation pad might need to be replaced Contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the flyer that came in the printer box e Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals ENWW Scan problems 249 Solving scan quality problems Problem Blank pages The original might have been loaded upside down The resolution and color levels may be set incorrectly Too light or dark Unwanted lines Ink glue correction fluid or an unwanted substance might be on the glass The ADF glass might be dirty Black dots or streaks Ink glue correction fluid or an unwanted substance might be on the glass The resolution and color levels may be set incorrectly Unclear text Chapter 14 Troubleshooting In the automatic document feeder ADF put the top end of the stack of originals into the ADF input tray with the media stack face up and the first page to be scanned on top of the stack On the flatbed scanner place the original document face down with the upper left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass Verify that you have the correct resolution and color settings See Scanner resolution and color Clean the flatbed scanner surface See To clean the scanner glass Clean the ADF glass See To clean the scanner glass Clean the flatbed scanner surface See To clean the scanner glass Verify that you have t
227. o a network You must have performed a complete software installation to use the HP Toolbox See Managing the device and maintenance HP Toolbox is not supported for Macintosh operating systems Software help The HP Scanning software included with the HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one contains online Help which provides instructions for operating the software with this device ENWW Table of contents 1 Device basics Quick access to device information cccccceececceeee cece eeeeecaeeaeceeeeeeeeteeseeseaeceeeeeeeeeeeteeseeeaees 2 User guide INKS cacerrnurneni iini iraa ss NEEE vedas nna REE 2 Where to look for more information ccccccccccceseseseseeeseeeseeseaeseseeeeeseasaeseaseeseesseeeseeneesess 2 Device configuratore sucscniireonr iina nE A EETA 4 HP Color LaserJet 2820 all in one c ccccceceeeeeeeeeececaeceeeeeeeeeeesecacaeeceeeeeeeeeetscnsnneeeeess 4 HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one c ccccceceeeeeeeeeececaeceeeeeeeeeeesecacaeeeeeeeeeeeeetecnseneeeeees 4 HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one cccccccecceeeeeeececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseceaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeetennceneeeeees 5 Device teatros crena E E oie eee 6 DEVICE Pans heiii ae aaiae aaa E aa EAEE E a aN EEE aE a eaa EE Eaa 9 FONC WIQW e nieren ne a E E E E E ae ieee 9 BACK VIEW e ee aE r E eE cect nce act Pe cece A EEE A E E E EA 9 Interface PONS sireni ainsana Ceci aaa a Ea E aE aa aa E a A a EA 10 Control panelei a i
228. o be defective or refund your purchase price TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU 284 Appendix B Service and support ENWW Availability of support and service Around the world HP provides a variety of service and support options for purchase Availability of these programs will vary depending upon your location HP maintenance agreements HP has several types of maintenance agreements that meet a wide range of support needs Maintenance agreements are not part of the standard warranty Support services vary by location Contact HP Customer Care to determine the services available to you and for more information about maintenance agreements In general the device will have the following maintenance agreements Onsite service agreemen
229. o make the following reductions or enlargements automatically e Original 100 e Lgl gt Ltr 78 e Lgl gt A4 83 e A4 gt Ltr 94 e Ltr gt A4 97 e Full Page 91 e Fit to page e 2 pages sheet e A4pages sheet e Custom 25 400 Note When using the Fit to page setting copy from the flatbed scanner only When using the 2 pages sheet or 4 pages sheet setting copy from the automatic document feeder ADF only Also after selecting the 2 pages sheet or 4 pages sheet option you must select the page orientation portrait or landscape 66 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW Note ENWW To reduce or enlarge copies for the current job To reduce or enlarge copies for the current job only use the following instructions 1 On the device control panel press REDUCE ENLARGE 2 Select the size to which you would like to reduce or enlarge the copies in this job You can select one of the following sizes Original 100 Lgl gt Ltr 78 Lgl gt A4 83 A4 gt Ltr 94 Ltr gt A4 97 Full Page 91 Fit to page 2 pages sheet 4 pages sheet Custom 25 400 If you select Custom 25 400 type a percentage by using the alphanumeric buttons If you select 2 pages sheet or 4 pages sheet select the orientation portrait or landscape 3 Press Start Black or START CoLor to save the selection and immediately start the copy job or press Enter to save the selection without starting the job The change in the setting remains active f
230. o select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Answer Ring Type and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select the ring pattern that you want and then press ENTER O OT a a a After device installation is complete ask someone to send a fax to you in order to verify that the ring pattern service is working correctly Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Changing the rings to answer setting ENWW When the answer mode is set to Automatic the device rings to answer setting determines the number of times the telephone rings before the device answers an incoming call If the device is connected to a line that receives both fax and voice calls a shared line and that also uses an answering machine you might need to adjust the rings to answer setting The number of rings to answer for the device must be greater than the rings to answer on the answering machine This allows the answering machine to answer the incoming call and record a message if it is a voice call When the answering machine answers the call the device listens to the call and automatically answers it if it detects fax tones The default setting for rings to answer is five for the U S and Canada and two for other countries regions Using the rings to answer setting Use the following table to determine the number of rings to answer to use Type of telephone line Recommended rings to answer setting Dedicated fax line rec
231. oGc AgBbGc AaBbCe AaBbCc AaBbCc 236 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The media might not meet HP specifications One or more print cartridges might be low If you are using non HP print cartridges no messages appear on the device control panel or in the HP Toolbox The imaging drum might be low If the light printing is on the left side of the page the carousel might be dislocated The media might not meet HP specifications The paper path might need cleaning Use media that meets HP specifications See Media specifications Replace any low print cartridges See Changing a print cartridge If none of the print cartridges or the imaging drum is low or empty remove the print cartridges one at a time and inspect the toner roller in each to see if the roller is damaged If so replace the print cartridge Print the Supplies Status page to check the remaining life See Supplies Status page Replace the imaging drum if it is low See Changing the imaging drum Contact your local HP Call Center or HP Authorized Dealer for service Use media that meets HP specifications See Media specifications Clean the paper path See Clean the paper path or see the HP Toolbox online Help ENWW Problem Dropouts appear AABOC C AaBboCc ACBECC AcBbCc AQBoCc Vertical streaks or bands appear on the page AdBlo ACBbo AaGBb AqBDO AdBbo The amou
232. oblems Note This section helps you identify and resolve fax problems Problems receiving faxes Use the table in this section to solve problems that might occur when receiving faxes You must use the fax cord that came with the device in order to ensure that the device functions correctly Problem The device cannot receive faxes from an extension telephone 256 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The extension telephone setting might be disabled The fax cord might not be securely connected The device dialing mode might be incorrectly set or the extension phone might be incorrectly set See Making an extension telephone available to receive faxes for instructions about changing this setting Verify that the fax cord is securely connected between the telephone jack and the device or another device that is connected to the device Press 1 2 3 in sequence tone dial mode only wait for three seconds and then hang up Verify that the device dialing mode is set to Tone See Selecting tone dialing or pulse dialing mode Verify that the extension phone is set up for tone dialing as well ENWW ENWW Problem Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the device The answer mode might be set to Manual The rings to answer setting might not be set correctly The answer ring pattern feature might be turned on but you do not have the service or you do have the service and the featur
233. ocations e inside the device e in output areas e inthe automatic document feeder ADF Find and remove the jam by using the instructions on the following pages If the location of the jam is not obvious first look inside the device 228 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Loose toner might remain in the device after a jam This problem typically resolves itself after a few sheets have been printed To clear a media jam inside the device CAUTION Media jams might result in loose toner on the page If toner gets on your clothing wipe the toner off with a clean cloth wash the items in cold water and air dry Using hot water or heat from a dryer will set the toner in the fabric If you get any toner on your hands wash them in cold water Do not use a sharp object such as a pencil or scissors to remove jammed media 1 On the back of the device open the rear output door and then push down the fuser levers Releasing the fuser levers relieves tension on the device rollers which makes removing jammed pages easier 2 Push the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly 4 With both hands grasp the side of the media that is most visible this includes the middle and carefully pull it free from the device ENWW Clearing jams 229 5 When you have removed the jammed media replace the image drum and close the top cover and the scanner assembly 6 Return the fuser levers to their original up
234. of sheet is in the in the wrong position or is face up scanner and is properly positioned face down in the lower right corner Only 1 memory card at a time More than one memory card has been Remove all but one memory card inserted Page too complex Enter to cont The device could not print the current Press Enter to clear the message page becauseofits complexity Allow the device to finish the job or press Cance to cancel the job Paper jam in area The device has detected a jam in one of Clear the jam from the area indicated on the following areas tray 1 optional the device control panel and then press tray 2 the registration area or the fuser Enter See Clearing jams ENWW Control panel messages 223 Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Recommended action Photo Job Pending Second photo job was started prior to No action required Message will cease completion of first job when first job completes Photos Not Found An image has been selected that has Reinsert the card and reselect the image been deleted The image checked on the bubble sheet has been deleted Memory card has been removed from the memory slot Proof Sheet Flatbed Only A document is in the ADF Remove the document from the ADF and verify that the proof sheet is properly positioned on the scanner ProofSheet Error Not Readable The proof sheet cannot be read because Verify that the proof sheet bubbles are the b
235. ogram Help or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use Scanning from a WIA enabled program Windows XP only WIA is another way to scan an image directly into a software program such as Microsoft Word WIA uses Microsoft software to scan instead of HP LaserJet Scan software Generally a software program is WIA enabled if it has a command such as Picture From Scanner or Camera in the Insert or File menu If you are unsure whether the program is WIA enabled see the software program Help or documentation To scan from a WIA enabled program Start the scan from within the WIA enabled program See the software program Help or documentation for information about the commands and steps to use OR In the Cameras and Scanner folder double click the device icon This opens the standard WIA enabled software program which enables you to scan to a file 126 Chapter 9 Scan ENWW Scanning a photo or a book Use the following procedures to scan a photo or a book Scanning a photo 1 Place the photo on the flatbed scanner with the picture side down and the upper left corner of the photo in the lower right corner of the glass 2 Gently close the lid 3 You are now ready to scan the photo by using one of the scanning methods See Understanding scanning methods for more information Scanning a book 1 Lift the lid and place the book on the flatbed scanner with the page that you want to copy at the lower
236. ol panel display shows the following message Another page 1 Yes 2 No Complete one of the following steps If you have more pages to scan press 1 to select YES and then repeat step 3 for each page of the fax job If you are finished press 2 to select NO and then go to the next step When finished scanning all pages into memory begin dialing The device dials the number as you press each digit This allows you to wait for pauses dial tones international access tones or calling card acceptance tones before continuing to dial ENWW Redialing manually If you want to send another document to the last fax number that was dialed use the following procedure to redial manually If you are trying to resend the same document that you sent the first time wait until the automatic redial attempts have stopped or until you have stopped them yourself Otherwise the recipient might get the fax twice once from the manual redial attempt and once from one of the automatic redial attempts Note To stop the current redial attempt for a fax or to cancel all pending automatic redial attempts for a fax see Canceling a fax job To change redial settings see Changing the redial settings To redial manually 1 Load the document into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray or onto the flatbed scanner 2 On the device control panel press REDIAL PAUSsE 3 Press Start Fax The device redials the last number that was dialed and a
237. om the incorrectly adjusted input tray straighten the stack and then load the media in the input tray again Adjust the media guides to the width and length of the media that you are using and try printing again 244 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Problem More than one sheet feeds at one time Device does not pull media from the media input tray The media tray might be overloaded The media might be wrinkled folded or damaged The device might be in manual feed mode The pickup roller might be dirty or damaged The paper length adjustment control in tray 2 HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only is set at a length that is greater than the media size Performance problems Try the tips in this section if pages exit the device but have nothing printed on them or when the device does not print any pages Pages print but are totally blank Pages print very slowly The sealing tape might still be in the print cartridges The document might contain blank pages The device might be malfunctioning Printing in color can slow the print job Certain media types can slow the print job Remove some of the media from the tray See Loading trays Verify that the media is not wrinkled folded or damaged Try printing on media from a new or different package If Manual feed appears on the device control panel display press Enter to print the job Verify that the device is n
238. om the flatbed scanner select YES when Send from glass 1 Yes 2 No appears and then press ENTER 3 Press Start Fax When the last page of the fax has exited the device you can start sending another fax copying or scanning To fax to numbers that you use regularly you can assign a one touch key or speed dial entry See To program speed dial entries and one touch keys and To program group dial entries If you have electronic phone books available you might be able to use them to select recipients Electronic phone books are generated by using third party software programs Change the fax send or receive settings such as answer mode in HP Toolbox Use the Send Settings page to configure the fax send settings for the device Use the Receive Settings page to configure the fax receive settings for the device The changes that you make to the send and receive settings in HP Toolbox apply to all future fax receive jobs Fax How do I 153 To change default fax send settings 1 Open HP Toolbox and click Device Settings 2 Click the Fax Settings tab and then click Send Settings 3 On the Send Settings page you can modify these options e Resolution e Redial e Dial Mode e Dial Prefix e Detect Dial Tone e Contrast e Billing Codes e Fax from Glass Page Size 4 Click Apply to save the changes that you make on these pages To change default fax receive settings 1 Open HP Toolbox and click Device Settings 2 Click the Fax
239. ontrast setting 87 delaying sending 104 deleting from memory 108 detect dial tone settings 105 dial prefixes 103 dialing tone or pulse 90 error correction 114 extension phone receiving 110 forwarding 109 glass size setting 89 group dial entries 78 99 header setting 75 76 jams troubleshooting 261 manual dialing 80 modem models including 4 one touch keys 98 99 pauses inserting 102 phone book printing 190 polling 111 receiving to computer 92 receiving to device 85 redial settings 91 redialing manually 81 reports printing all 191 reports troubleshooting 263 reprinting from memory 107 resolution 77 88 Index 307 ring patterns 94 rings to answer 95 sending from a telephone 86 sending from software 83 sending to multiple recipients 78 sending to one recipient 77 silence detect mode 112 speed dial entries 98 99 stamp received 113 time date setting 76 troubleshooting receiving 256 troubleshooting sending 259 V 34 setting 115 volume adjusting 33 34 Fax Settings tab HP Toolbox 185 Fax tab HP Toolbox 182 features 4 6 feeding problems troubleshooting 245 file scanning to Macintosh 124 first page different 49 Fit to Page setting faxing 96 printing 42 flashing lights 217 flatbed scanner cleaning 192 default glass size setting 89 loading 30 folder scanning to Windows 119 font DIMMs partnumbers 275 fonts included 6 forwarding faxes 109 fraud hotline 206 fuser ordering 279 grayscale Neutral Grays sett
240. ooting ADF jams 231 ADF pickup roller assembly cleaning 199 ADF pickup roller assembly replacing 197 blank pages 245 blank scans 250 cleaning page 193 color 241 Configuration page printing 178 control panel messages 217 copy quality 251 copy size 255 copying 254 curled media 240 Demo page printing 178 dialing 260 faded print 236 fax error correction setting 114 fax jams 261 fax reports 263 feeding problems 245 index page 264 jams 228 lines copies 252 lines printed pages 237 lines scans 250 loose toner 239 memory cards 264 pages not printing 246 pages printing slowly 245 paper 243 print quality 234 printing photos 265 ENWW receiving faxes 256 repetitive defects 241 scan quality 247 249 sending faxes 259 skewed pages 240 244 speed faxing 263 text 240 toner scatter 241 tonersmear 238 toner specks 236 USB cables 246 wrinkles 241 Troubleshooting tab HP Toolbox 183 TrueType fonts included 6 TWAIN compliant software scanning from 126 two sided printing 50 types media selecting trays by 40 specifications 23 U unblocking fax numbers 97 uninstalling software 20 UNIX support 14 USB port locating 9 10 troubleshooting 246 type included 6 User guide partnumbers 280 user guide opening 2 user replaceable parts 279 V V 34 setting 115 vertical lines troubleshooting 237 ENWW vertical white or faded stripes 252 voltage requirements 287 volume adjusting 33 W warranty extended v
241. or about two minutes after the copy job has been completed During this time Settings Custom appears on the device control panel display You must change the default media size in the media input tray to match the output size or part of your copy might be cut off For instructions see Changing the default media size Reducing or enlarging copies 67 To change the default copy size Note The default copy size is the size to which copies are normally reduced or enlarged If you keep the factory default size setting of Original 100 all copies will be the same size as the original document Press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Copy setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Def Redu Enlrg and then press Enter oe Ie gt Use the lt or the gt button to select the option for how you normally want to reduce or enlarge copies You can select one of the following options e Original 100 e Lgl gt Ltr 78 e Lgl gt A4 83 e A4 gt Ltr 94 e Ltr gt A4 97 e Full Page 91 e Fit to page e 2 pages sheet e 4pages sheet e Custom 25 400 If you select Custom 25 400 type in the percentage of the original size that you normally want for copies If you select 2 pages sheet or 4 pages sheet select the orientation portrait or landscape 5 Press Enter to save your selection 68 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW Changing the copy collation setting Note ENWW You can set th
242. or still persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Does the device The device does not recognize the card Remove the card and reinsert it into recognize and print from the memory card slot Verify that the a memory card card is fully inserted into the slot Insert a memory card and Verify that the memory card type is a print an index page See supported type Printing an index Verify that only one card is inserted in The device does not print certain Verify that the files on the memory images card are in the correct format The device recognizes only SRGB format JPEG files 216 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel messages The majority of the control panel messages are intended to guide the user through typical operation The control panel messages indicate the status of the current operation and include a page count on the second line of the display if appropriate When the device is receiving fax data print data or scanning commands control panel messages indicate this status In addition alert messages warning messages and critical error messages indicate situations that might require some action Alert and warning messages Alert and warning messages appear temporarily and might require the user to acknowledge the message by pressing Enter to resume or by pressing CANceL to cancel the job With certain warnings the job might not compl
243. or this device Colored paper e Colored paper should be of the same high quality as white xerographic paper e Pigments used must be able to withstand the printer s fusing temperature of 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second without deterioration e Do not use paper with a colored coating that was added after the paper was produced e The printer creates colors by printing patterns of dots overlaying and varying their spacing to produce various colors Varying the shade or color of the paper will affect the shades of the printed colors Preprinted forms and letterhead When printing on preprinted forms and letterhead observe the following guidelines for best results e Forms and letterhead must be printed with heat resistant inks that will not melt vaporize or release hazardous emissions when subjected to the printer s fusing temperature of approximately 190 C 374 F for 0 1 second e Inks must be non flammable and should not adversely affect any printer rollers e Forms and letterhead should be sealed in a moisture proof wrapping to prevent changes during storage e Before loading preprinted paper such as forms and letterhead verify that the ink on the paper is dry During the fusing process wet ink can come off of preprinted paper 46 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW When duplex printing on the HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one load preprinted forms and letterhead into tray 2 first side up top edge toward the back of th
244. ot in manual feed mode and print your job again Contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Adjust the paper length adjustment control to the correct length Verify that the sealing tape has been completely removed from the print cartridges Check the document that you are printing to see if content appears on all of the pages To check the device print a Configuration page See Configuration page If you do not need color for your print job set the driver to print in grayscale See Printing in grayscale Print on a different type of media Print problems 245 CC Pages did not print The device might not be pulling See Media handling problems media correctly The media is jamming in the Clear the jam See Clearing device jams The USB cable might be Disconnect the USB cable defective or incorrectly at both ends and connected reconnect it Try printing a job that has printed in the past Try using a different USB cable Other devices are running on The device might not share a your computer USB port If you have an external hard drive or network switchbox that is connected to the same port as the device the other device might be interfering To connect and use the device you must disconnect the other device or you must use two USB ports on the computer 246 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Scan problems This se
245. ou hear the fax tones press Start Fax wait until Connecting appears on the control panel display and then hang up the telephone 86 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Changing the default light dark contrast setting ENWW The contrast affects the lightness and darkness of an outgoing fax as it is being sent To change the default light dark contrast setting The default light dark setting is the contrast that is normally applied to items that are being faxed The slider is set to the middle as the default setting 1 2 3 4 5 On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Send setup and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Def Light Dark and then press Enter Use the lt button to move the slider to the left to make the fax lighter than the original or use the gt button to move the slider to the right to make the fax darker than the original Press Enter to save your selection Changing the default light dark contrast setting 87 Changing the default resolution setting Note 88 Resolution in dots per inch dpi affects the quality of faxed documents It also affects the transmission speed as a higher resolution produces a larger file which requires more time to transmit The factory set default resolution setting is Fine Use this procedure to change the default resolution for a
246. our device for scanning For the best quality scans use the flatbed scanner To load originals onto the flatbed scanner 1 2 3 CAUTION Make sure that the automatic document feeder ADF contains no media Lift the flatoed scanner cover Place the original document face down on the flatbed scanner with the upper left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass Gently close the lid The document is ready to be scanned To prevent damaging the device do not allow the scanner lid to fall onto the flatbed scanner surface Always close the scanner lid when the device is not in use ENWW 30 Chapter 4 Using the device Note CAUTION ENWW To load originals into the automatic document feeder ADF The ADF capacity is up to 50 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib media The minimum size for media in the ADF is 127 by 127 mm 5 by 5 inches For smaller sizes use the flatbed scanner The maximum size for media in the ADF is 216 by 381 mm 8 5 by 15 inches 1 Make sure that the flatbed scanner contains no media 2 Close the flatbed scanner cover and put the top end of the stack of originals into the ADF input tray with the media stack face up and the first page to be copied on top of the stack To prevent damaging the device do not use an original that contains correction tape correction fluid paper clips or staples Also do not load photographs small originals or fragile originals into the ADF
247. ove the media from the device as it prints to prevent it from sticking together and place the printed pages on a flat surface The media type can also be selected and configured in HP Toolbox To configure these media types from HP Toolbox click Device Settings click the System Settings tab and then open the Print Modes page Make any necessary changes and then click Apply to save the changes To print a single page cover letter on letterhead followed by a multiple page document load a single sheet of letterhead in tray 1 After the letterhead page has printed the device prompts you to load paper Load paper for the rest of the document Print How dol 143 CAUTION Note Print on both sides of the paper To manually print on both sides of the paper you must send the paper through the device twice You can print by using the media output bin or the straight through output path Hewlett Packard recommends that you use the media output bin for lightweight paper and use the straight through output path for any heavy media or media that curls excessively when printed Do not print on both sides of labels or transparencies Damage to the device and jams might result 1 Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job If you are loading special paper such as letterhead load it in one of these ways e For tray 1 load the letterhead paper with the front side down and the bottom edge leading into the device fi
248. over page 2 On the File menu click Print The Print dialog box appears 3 Select HP LaserJet 2830 Fax or HP LaserJet 2840 Fax from the list of devices 4 To change the settings click Properties in the Print dialog box and adjust any settings Click OK when you are finished a Click Print The HP LaserJet Send Fax software appears If you have additional pages to fax put them in the automatic document feeder ADF and make sure that Pages in Document Tray is selected If you do not have pages to scan from the ADF make sure that Pages in Document Tray is not selected 7 Click Send Now to send the fax Send a fax from my computer There are several methods that you can use to send a fax from your computer ENWW Fax How dol 155 To send a fax from HP Toolbox 1 Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab 2 Click Send Fax The HP LaserJet Send Fax software opens 3 Enter the recipient s phone number 4 Put the pages that you want to fax into the automatic document feeder ADF Note Faxing from the scanner glass is not supported in the HP LaserJet Send Fax software 5 Click Pages in Document Tray 6 Click Send Now to send the fax To send a fax from the HP LaserJet Send Fax software 1 Or oe GN On the Windows taskbar click Start click Programs or All Programs in Windows XP and then click HP Click HP LaserJet 2830 or HP LaserJet 2840 and then click HP LaserJet Send Fax Enter the recipient s phone
249. p to 10 envelopes CAUTION Avoid adding print media to tray 1 while the printer is printing or jams can occur Do not fan paper before loading it into trays and avoid overloading trays To load tray 1 1 Open tray 1 2 Slide out the tray extender If the print media being loaded is longer than 23 cm 9 inches also open the additional tray extender 3 Slide the media width guides slightly wider than the print media 4 Place print media into the tray with the side to be printed upon face up and the top short edge in first Note If you are manually duplexing see Printing on both sides duplexing manually for loading instructions 28 Chapter 4 Using the device ENWW 5 Slide the media width guides inward until they lightly touch the print media stack on both sides without bending it Make sure that the print media fits under the tabs on the media width guides zZ Z zZ Wait for the printer to finish printing before closing tray 1 Closing the tray before the printer CAUTION finishes can cause jams 6 On the back of the printer lower the rear output door if you are printing on special media such as labels envelopes or heavy or light paper to prevent curl CAUTION Remove each page as it exits the device to avoid a jam error message Loading optional tray 2 Paper includes average weight letterhead and prepunched paper For additional information about lett
250. panel For instructions see Printing the fax activity log Sending faxes 79 Using manual dial Usually the device dials after you press START Fax At times however you might want the device to dial each number as you press it For example if you are charging your fax call to a calling card you might need to dial the fax number wait for the acceptance tone of your telephone company and then dial the calling card number When dialing internationally you might need to dial part of the number and then listen for dial tones before continuing to dial To use manual dial with the automatic document feeder ADF 1 Load the document into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray or onto the flatbed scanner On the device control panel press START Fax Begin dialing The device dials the number as you press each digit This allows you to wait for pauses dial tones international access tones or calling card acceptance tones before continuing to dial To use manual dial with the flatbed scanner 1 80 Chapter 8 Fax On the device control panel press Start Fax The control panel display shows the following message Send from glass 1 Yes 2 No Press 1 to select YES The control panel display shows the following message Load page X Press enter where X is the page number Scan a page into memory by placing the sheet print side down on the flatbed scanner and pressing Enter After scanning the page the device contr
251. peer to peer printing In this configuration the device is connected directly to the network and all computers on the network print directly to the device This mode is the recommended network configuration for the device 1 Connect the device directly to the network by inserting a network cable into the device network port 2 Atthe device use the control panel to print a Configuration page See Configuration page 3 Insert the device CD ROM into your computer If you have already set up your device click Install Software to start the software installer If the software installer does not start navigate to the hpsetup exe file on the CD ROM and double click the file Click Install HP Color LaserJet Software On the Welcome screen click Next On the Installer updates screen click Yes to search for installer updates on the Web NO on 5 For Windows 2000 on the Installation Options screen choose the installation option Hewlett Packard recommends a typical installation if your system supports it 8 On the License Agreement screen read the license agreement indicate that you accept the terms and then click Next 9 For Windows 2000 on the HP Extended Capabilities screen choose whether you want extended capabilities and then click Next 10 On the Destination Folder screen choose the destination folder and then click Next 11 On the Ready to Install screen click Next to begin installation If you want to cha
252. pen HP Toolbox and then in the Other Links section click Order Supplies A new browser window appears 2 Click Continue The browser displays the HP ordering Web site 3 Complete the ordering process by following the Web site instructions ENWW Other How dol 175 176 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW ENWW Managing the device and maintenance This device comes with several software tools that help you monitor the device troubleshoot problems and maintain the device Information about using these tools is in the following sections Information pages HP Toolbox Macintosh Configure Device Mac OS 10 2 and 10 3 Embedded Web server Fax logs and reports Cleaning the device Changing the automatic document feeder ADF Changing the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly Cleaning the automatic document feeder ADF pickup roller assembly 177 Information pages Note Information pages reside within the device memory These pages help you to diagnose and solve problems with the device If the printer language was not correctly set during installation you can set the language manually so that the pages print in one of the supported languages Change the language by using the HP Toolbox See HP Toolbox Demo page To print the Demo page complete the following steps 1 On the control panel menu press Menu until the Reports menu appears and then press ENTER 2 Press t
253. plies Status page or viewing the HP Toolbox Hewlett Packard recommends that you place an order for a replacement print cartridge when you first receive the Low message for a print cartridge When you use a new authentic HP print cartridge or imaging drum you can obtain the following types of supplies information e amount of cartridge or drum life remaining e estimated number of pages remaining e number of pages printed e other supplies information Note If the printer is connected to the network you can set the HP Toolbox to notify you by e mail when a print cartridge is low or the imaging drum is near the end of its useful life If the printer is directly connected to a computer you can set HP Toolbox to notify you when supplies are low To check status and order supplies by using the control panel Do one of the following e Check the device control panel which indicates when a print cartridge or the imaging drum is low or empty The control panel also indicates when a non HP print cartridge is first installed See Troubleshooting tools for more information e Print a Supplies Status page and then check the supplies levels on the page See Supplies Status page for more information If the supplies levels are low you can order supplies through your local HP dealer by telephone or online See Accessories and ordering information for part numbers See http Awww hp com go ljsupplies to order online To check status and
254. plies only No shake cartridge design Authentication for HP print cartridges Enabled supplies ordering capability Device features 7 Feature HP olor LaserJet 2820283012840 all in one Accessibility Online user guide that is compatible with text screen readers Print cartridges and the imaging drum can be installed and removed by using one hand All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand 8 Chapter 1 Device basics ENWW Device parts Before using the device familiarize yourself with the parts of the device Front view power switch top face down output bin control panel scanner release button memory card slots HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only tray 1 tray 2 included with the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only NOOR WD Back view 8 DIMM door 9 fax ports HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only 10 Hi Speed USB 2 0 port 11 network port 12 ADF output bin 13 ADF input tray 14 rear face up output door 15 power connector 16 tray 2 paper length adjustment control ENWW Device parts 9 Interface ports The device has two interface ports a 10 100Base T RJ 45 network port and a Hi Speed USB 2 0 port The HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models also have fax ports 1 network port 2 Hi Speed USB 2 0 port 3 fax ports HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only 10 Chapter 1 Device basics ENWW ENWW Control panel
255. ports cables ordering 276 locating 9 10 types included 6 PostScript drivers 14 power consumption 294 requirements 287 power connector locating 9 power switch locating 9 PPDs Macintosh 17 ppi pixels per inch scanning 130 prefixes dial 103 preprinted paper output path 44 specifications 46 print cartridges features 4 HP fraud hotline 206 non HP 205 partnumbers 274 recycling 204 294 replacing 207 status page printing 179 status checking 202 status viewing with HP Toolbox 182 storage specifications 288 storing 203 warranty 283 print jobs canceling 53 print media See media print quality cleaning page printing 193 settings 234 specifications 6 troubleshooting 234 235 Print Settings tab HP Toolbox 184 printer drivers downloading v 16 help 17 included 4 Macintosh 17 operating systems supported 14 Quick Sets 41 settings 15 uninstalling 20 Windows features 16 printing booklets 51 both sides 50 canceling 53 Macintosh 39 Index 311 photos from a proof sheet 138 photos from the memory card 137 photos index of 139 troubleshooting 245 246 Windows 38 problem solving See troubleshooting programs settings 15 proof sheet printing from 138 properties See settings protocol settings fax 115 PS drivers 14 pulse dialing 90 punctuation marks entering with control panel 75 102 Q quality cleaning page printing 193 copy troubleshooting 251 print settings 234 print troubleshooting 234 235 scans
256. press Rotate Carouse until the correct print cartridge slot is in the correct position 4 Pinch together the two large blue tabs on the first cartridge and then lift the cartridge straight up to remove it from the carousel N A Changing a print cartridge 207 ENWW 5 Remove the new print cartridge from its packaging remove the orange cover from the print cartridge and then pull the orange tab straight out to remove the sealing tape 6 Squeeze the blue release levers on the print cartridge holding it with the roller facing you Lower the cartridge straight down into the carousel until it is firmly in place e lf you need to replace another cartridge close the top cover and the scanner assembly press Rotate Carousel and then repeat steps 4 through 6 7 Close the top cover and then close the scanner assembly Note If you have replaced a black print cartridge the device prompts you to run a cleaning page 208 Chapter 13 Managing supplies ENWW Changing the imaging drum To change the imaging drum 1 Push the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly 5 Remove the new imaging drum from its packaging ENWW Changing the imaging drum 209 6 Place the imaging drum on a firm surface and then pull the orange rings to remove the shipping pins 7 Remove the orange shipping lock on each end of the imaging drum and remove the two orange shipping spacers
257. r When tray 1 is configured for letter and a print job specifies another media size such as envelopes the Error light blinks until you load the correct print media into tray 1 and press ENTER Also to achieve a print speed of 20 ppm 19 ppm for A4 you must set the device to print in grayscale For more information see Printing in grayscale Maximizing print speed for letter size paper 43 Selecting an output location The printer comes with the top output bin and a rear output door for printing to a straight through paper path Print jobs emerge from the top output bin when the rear output door is closed Print jobs emerge from the back of the printer when the rear output door is open e Use the top output bin when printing most jobs including jobs on average weight paper letterhead and transparencies The top output bin can hold up to 125 sheets Prevent more than 125 sheets from accumulating in the top output bin or jams can occur e Use the rear output door straight through paper path if problems occur when printing to the top output bin or when printing on such media as cardstock envelopes labels or photo paper Remove each sheet as it exits the printer 1 top output bin 2 rear output door 44 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW Setting a custom paper size Use the Custom Paper feature to set up the printer to print to sizes other than standard ones e Windows Try to set this setting from one of these loca
258. r device This is known as polling another machine To poll request a fax from another fax machine On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax functions and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Polling receive and then press ENTER A ON gt Use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the number of the fax machine that you want to request the fax from and then press ENTER Your device dials the other fax machine and requests the fax ENWW Using fax polling 111 Changing the silence detect mode This setting controls whether or not you can receive faxes from older model fax machines that do not emit a fax signal during fax transmissions At the time of this publication these silent model fax machines represented very few of the fax machines in use The default setting is Off The silence detect mode setting should be changed only if you regularly receive faxes from someone who uses an older model fax machine To change the silence detect mode On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Silence Detect and then press ENTER oie NS Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter to save your selection 112 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Creating stamp
259. r a dial prefix is 50 The default setting is Off You might want to turn this setting on and enter a prefix if for example you have to dial a number such as 9 to get a telephone line outside of your company telephone system While this setting is activated you can dial a fax number without the dial prefix by using manual dial For instructions see Using manual dial To set the dial prefix On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Press the gt button once to select Fax Send setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Dial Prefix and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter Oy Oh a ee BINS If you selected On use the alphanumeric buttons to enter the prefix and then press Enter You can use numbers pauses and dialing symbols Inserting a dial prefix 103 Sending a delayed fax Note You can schedule a fax to be sent automatically at a future time to one or more people When you complete this procedure the device scans the document into memory and returns to the Ready state so that you can perform other tasks If the device cannot transmit the fax at the scheduled time that information is indicated on the fax call report if that option is turned on or recorded in the fax activity log The transmittal might be halted because the fax sending call is not answered or becaus
260. r these faxes from the memory see Deleting faxes from memory To reprint a fax Use the following steps to reprint a fax Note You do not need to use this procedure if the fax does not print because of a jam or because the media is completely depleted During these situations faxes are received to memory As soon as you clear the jam or replenish the media fax printing automatically resumes On the device control panel press Menu Press the gt button once Fax functions appears Press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button until Reprint last appears oF a NS Press Enter The device begins reprinting the most recently printed fax Note To stop the printing at any time press CanceL To change the fax reprint settings The default fax reprint setting is On To change this setting from the device control panel complete the following steps 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Recv setup and then press ENTER 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reprint faxes and then press ENTER 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter ENWW Reprinting a fax 107 Deleting faxes from memory Use this procedure only if you are concerned that someone else has access to your device and might try to reprint faxes from the memory CAUTION In addition to clearin
261. rJet 28XX PCL 6 driver and the HP CLU28XX PCL 6 Black_White driver where XX repesents 20 30 or 40 depending on the HP Color LaserJet model that you have The default print driver HP Color LaserJet 28XX PCL 6 provides you with full color printing capability for those print jobs that you want to be printed in color The HP CLJ28XX PCL 6 Black_White driver allows you to print documents in black and white instead of full color For those print jobs that contain color text or graphics that you do not need to print in color there are two options for producing black and white documents e Inthe software program select the HP CLJ28XX PCL 6 Black_White print driver from the Print dialog box and then click OK The monochrome driver will print color documents only in black and white e Inthe software program select the HP Color LaserJet 28XX PCL 6 print driver click Properties click the Color tab and then select the Print in Grayscale check box Click OK to save the print properties and then click OK again to print the document 146 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW Network How do I Note Note ENWW Use this section to answer network questions Set up the device and use it on the network Hewlett Packard recommends that you use the HP software installer on the CD ROMs that came with the device to set up printer drivers for the following network setups To configure a network port connected device configuration direct mode or
262. ram on your computer 182 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW Note ENWW The HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one printer scanner fax copier has a SCAN TO EMAIL button that you can also set up with this tab The Scan to tab contains links to the following main pages Scan to E mail or Folder Activate or deactivate the scan to feature You also can add edit or delete destination e mail addresses or folders for this feature Scan Preferences Change the scan preference settings for the device scan to feature including scan resolution and file type How Do I View Help topics for device tasks that involve the Scan To or SCAN TO EMAIL HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one only Troubleshooting tab The Troubleshooting tab contains links to the following main pages Control Panel Messages View descriptions of device control panel messages Clearing Jams View information about locating and clearing jams Print Problems View Help topics that can help you solve print problems Scan Problems View Help topics that can help you solve scan problems Copy Problems View Help topics that can help you solve copy problems Fax Problems View Help topics that can help you solve fax problems Memory Card Problems View Help topics that can help you solve memory card problems Connectivity Problems View Help topics that can help you solve networking problems Troubleshooting Tools Employ such troubleshooting tools as
263. reater the resolution A single telephone line that is used for both voice and fax calls A device that protects a power supply and communications lines from electrical surges An industry standard for scanners and software By using a TWAIN compliant scanner with a TWAIN compliant program a scan can be initiated from within the program Uniform resource locator the global address of documents and resources on the Internet The first part of the address indicates what protocol to use the second part specifies the IP address or the domain name where the resource is located Glossary 303 USB watermarks WIA 304 Glossary Universal serial bus USB is a standard that was developed by the USB Implementers Forum Inc to connect computers and peripherals USB is designed to concurrently connect a single computer USB port to multiple peripherals A watermark adds background text to a document that is being printed For example Confidential can be printed in the background text of a document to indicate that the document is confidential A selection can be made from a set of predefined watermarks and the font size angle and style can be changed The printer can place the watermark on the first page only or all pages Windows Imaging Architecture WIA is an imaging architecture that is available in Windows Me and Windows XP A scan can be initiated from within these operating systems by using a WIA compliant scanner
264. ress Start Black or START CoLor to begin copying your job Note The change in the setting remains active for about two minutes after the copy job has been completed During this time Settings Custom appears on the device control panel display To change the default number of copies On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Copy setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Def of copies and then press Enter Be ae Use the alphanumeric buttons to type the number of copies between 1 and 99 that you want as the default 5 Press Enter to save your selection Note The factory set default for the number of copies is 1 70 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW Copying photos two sided originals or books To copy a photo Note Photos should be copied from the flatbed scanner not from the automatic document feeder ADF 1 Place the photo on the flatbed scanner with the picture side down and the upper left corner of the photo in the lower right corner of the glass 2 Gently close the lid 3 Press Start Black or START COLOR To copy a multiple page stack of two sided originals 1 Load the stack of originals to be copied into the automatic document feeder ADF with the first page facing up and with the top of the page leading into the ADF 2 Press Start Black or START CoLor The odd numbered pages are copied and printed 3 Remove the stack from the ADF outpu
265. rint previously received faxes cceeceecceececeeeeeeeeeeencncaeeeeeeeeeesecsncsanaeeeeeess 158 Add r deletesa CONTAC asisas orenean a an EEE ELARA EE AE aE Ea 158 Import contacts from another SOUrCe c ecceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeetecaeaeeeeeeeeeeenieeeeeeeetenes 159 Create a new group lists sicceaiicerk eee ittie esi Hecevatieer E EEEE 160 xi xii Create a new group liSl wan iscstecceccsteevene tetedecetens cian a AN Aa 160 Change settings such as resolution and contrast and optimize them for each fax 160 Scan HOW GO IP sraidean ao a a aaa a aaa a aaa e OZ Scan from the device control panel cccccecececceeceeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeeesenencaeeeeeeeeeeees 162 Set up the Scan to button on the control panel ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaees 162 Save a scan to a folder on My computer 0 0 0 0 eee eee eeeeee eee eete eee ee teense eetteeeeeeetneeeeeeeee 162 Send a scan to an e mail MESSAGE eee cette eee teeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaees 163 Add or edit e mail addresses for scanning to e mail 0 eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeaaes 163 Add or edit folders for scanning to a folder eee ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeetaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaes 163 Other HOw GOI ee connec cecebeneceudes scewiecel oi lavva dea sdaevscalanta deectedddastiveidhedss ent e aera 165 Receive toner warnings from the device at my computer ec ceeeeeeeeteeeeente
266. rollers ordering 279 S saving settings 41 scaling documents copying 66 printing 42 Scan to button programming 119 scanner release button locating 9 scanners color matching 60 scanning ADF loading originals 31 black and white 131 blank pages troubleshooting 250 books 127 canceling 121 color 130 ENWW from device control panel Macintosh 123 from device control panel Windows 119 grayscale 131 HP Director Windows 122 loading originals on flatbed scanner 30 methods 118 page by page Macintosh 125 photos 127 proof sheet troubleshooting 265 quality troubleshooting 247 249 resolution 130 speed troubleshooting 249 to e mail Macintosh 123 to e mail Windows 119 to file Macintosh 124 to folder Windows 119 TWAIN compliant software 126 WIA compliant software 126 scatter troubleshooting 241 screen color matching 60 sending faxes activity log printing 188 billing codes 106 call report printing 188 canceling 82 delaying 104 forwarding 109 from software 83 from telephone 86 group dial entries 78 manual dialing 80 to multiple recipients 78 to one recipient 77 troubleshooting 259 separation pad ordering 279 serial number product 179 service agreements 285 HP Authorized Dealers vi part numbers 274 settings changing 15 Configuration page 178 saving 41 saving to file 184 silence detect mode 112 size copy reducing or enlarging 66 troubleshooting 255 size device 287 sizes media custom 45 Fit to
267. ronmental conditions 3Hewlett Packard does not guarantee results when printing with other types of heavy paper 4Smoothness 100 to 250 Sheffield ENWW Supported media weights and sizes 23 Optional tray 2 specifications Letter 216 by 279 mm 8 5 by 11 60 to 105 g m 16 to 28 Ib 250 sheets of 75 g m 20 inches Ib paper A4 210 by 297 mm 8 3 by 11 7 inches A5 148 by 210 mm 5 8 by 8 3 inches B5 ISO 176 by 250 mm 6 9 by 9 9 inches B5 JIS 182 by 257 mm 7 2 by 10 inches Executive 191 by 267 mm 7 3 by 10 5 inches Legal 216 by 356 mm 8 5 by 14 inches 8 5 by 13 inches 216 by 330 mm 8 5 by 13 inches 1The printer supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media Check the printer driver for supported sizes Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness and environmental conditions Automatic document feeder paper sizes Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity E size paper 127 by 127 mm 5 by 60 to 90 g m 16 to 24 50 sheets 75 g m 20 5in Ib bond Ib bond Maximum size paper 216 by 381 mm 8 5 60 to 90 g m 16 to 24 50 sheets 75 g m 20 by 15 in Ib bond Ib bond Note Use the flatbed scanner for faxing HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only copying and scanning if the original is fragile thin thick too small for the ADF ora photograph Also use the flatbed scanner to employ the fit to page feature for copying The f
268. rs e In Windows XP click Start and then click Printers and Faxes A dialog box opens 2 Right click the driver you want to open and then select Printing Preferences The driver opens and allows you to make changes A number of device features and functions are also accessible through HP Toolbox not available for Macintosh For more information about HP Toolbox see the HP Toolbox online Help The device CD ROMs include the HP Scanning software For more information about the HP Scanning software see the software online Help How do get the latest printing software When you want to check for and install upgrades to the software you can download drivers from the World Wide Web or HP s file transfer protocol FTP servers To download drivers 1 Go to hittp Mwww hp com Click the support amp drivers block 2 Type color laserjet 2800 as the product name The Web page for the drivers might be in English but you can download the drivers themselves in several languages If you do not have Internet access contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the flyer that came in the device box See the Readme file for additional release information What other software is available The device CD ROMs include the HP Scanning software See the Readme file that is provided on the HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one CD ROMs for additional included software and for supported languages Software for Windows Whe
269. rs using a CMYK cyan magenta yellow and black process The following factors can influence your ability to match printed colors to those on your screen print media device colorants inks or toners for example printing process inkjet press or laser technology for example overhead lighting programs printer drivers computer operating system monitors video cards and drivers operating environment very humid or very dry personal differences in perception of color Keep these factors in mind when colors on your screen do not perfectly match your printed colors For most users the best method for matching colors on your screen to your device is to print sRGB colors The device uses sRGB and automatically optimizes color output For more information about solving issues that are related to color output see Solving issues with color documents Chapter 6 Printing with color ENWW Note ENWW Copy Use these instructions to perform copying tasks with the device Starting a copy job Canceling a copy job Adjusting the copy quality Adjusting the lighter darker contrast setting Reducing or enlarging copies Changing the copy collation setting Changing the number of copies Copying photos two sided originals or books Many of the functions that are described in this chapter also can be performed by using the HP Toolbox For instructions about using the HP Toolbox see the HP
270. rst e For optional tray 2 load the letterhead paper with the front side up and the top edge toward the back of the tray 1 tray 1 2 optional tray 2 2 Inthe printer driver select the Print on Both Sides option and send the job to print After the job finishes printing remove any blank paper from tray 1 Insert the printed stack with the blank side up and the top edge leading into the device Print the second side from tray 1 4 Press Enter to continue printing Macintosh operating systems do not support manual duplexing Print on envelopes and custom media sizes To print on envelopes complete the following steps 1 Set tray 1 to the correct media size See Loading tray 1 2 Load no more than 10 envelopes face up with the top of the envelope to the left and the short edge feeding into the device first 3 Use your computer software program to complete the printing process 144 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW Do not use envelopes with windows or clasps and do not use envelopes that are wrinkled nicked curled or otherwise damaged To print on custom media sizes complete the following steps Open the straight through output door Load the media with the narrow side forward and the side to be printed on facing up Adjust the side and rear media guides to fit the media At your computer open a document in a program such as Microsoft Word Select the print command For most programs click the File menu
271. rts that help you diagnose and solve problems with the device For more information about fax reports see Fax logs and reports 268 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Note ENWW Fax activity log The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received sent or deleted and any errors that occurred To print the fax activity log 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Activity log and then press Enter 4 Press Enter to select Print log now The device exits the menu settings and prints the log Fax call report A fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received To print a fax call report 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Call report and then press ENTER 4 Press Enter to select Print report now The device exits the menu settings and prints the report Phone book report A phone book report lists the fax numbers that are assigned to the one touch buttons and speed dial and group dial entries To print a phone book report 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or t
272. s eeeeesseeeeeeseeerresseerrrrrerernsssrerrssnee 290 IC CS 03 requirements ccccccececeeeeeeeeceeeaeceeeeeeeecececaacaeeceeeeeeeesesesaaeaeeeeeeeeeeesessnsueaeeeees 291 EU statement for telecom operation c cccccceceeeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeceeaeaaeceeeeeeeeseeeeesnsaeees 292 New Zealand telecom statements cccccccececeececeeeeeseececaaeceeeeeeseceaeaeeeeeeeensaaeeeeeeeeetennaees 293 Environmental Product Stewardship program ceceecceceeeeeeeeseeeeeecenaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesenaaees 294 Ozone production ee 294 Energy CONSUMPTION c ci2 petecceee cities wien Wine dated 294 HP LaserJet printing supplies 2 2 02 2 cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeee eects eeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeeeeseeeenaeeas 294 Nederland siiin a a e seid sae cena eae ee aes 295 TAIWAN E E A N E tenet es auussicanciensrdtunsauedacaveceteqadaa E dante Fiaedeeie 296 Declaration Of conformity 2 2 0 scccccessicccec tescceeceteauceees eacdeedeessd cous saaucessstaaceesbstsaaeechstaadeeetstaaees 297 Declaration of conformity 0 00 eee eee eeeee ee ettte ee eee eter teen ater ee eaae eee eeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeneeaeeeenenaes 298 Country region specific safety statements ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeaneees 299 Laser safety statement 00 cere eee et tee ein eerie ee eerie eet e ee eee raeeeeeeaeeeeeetaeeeeeee 299 Canadian DOC statement 2 iccca nls ht ia nee eet AE aE 299 Korean EMI sta
273. s Configuration 178 Demo 178 language selecting 32 Supplies Status 179 ink cartridges See print cartridges ENWW input trays Configuration page 179 feeding problems troubleshooting 245 included 4 loading 28 locating 9 paper specifications 23 partnumbers 277 selecting 40 installation guides accessories and supplies 2 Instant Support Professional Edition ISPE v interface ports cables ordering 276 locating 9 10 types included 6 international dialing 80 102 J jams causes of 228 clearing 229 fax 261 locating 228 preventing 228 K key press volume adjusting 35 L labels loading 28 output path 44 specifications 23 48 languages control panel display setting 32 user guides 280 languages printer 6 laser safety statements 299 LaserJet Tough paper 48 LaserWriter 8 driver 17 letterhead output path 44 specifications 46 letters entering with control panel 75 102 lid cleaning 192 light copying 252 light print troubleshooting 236 lightness copy contrast 65 faded print troubleshooting 236 fax contrast 87 lines troubleshooting copies 252 printed pages 237 scans 250 links HP Toolbox 185 LINUX support 14 ENWW loading originals in ADF 31 originals on flatbed scanner 30 tray 1 28 tray 2 29 localized user guides 280 logs fax activity 188 billing codes 190 block fax list 190 call last fax sent or received 188 phone book 190 printing all 191 troubleshooting 263 loose toner troubleshooting 23
274. s 1 to select YES when Send from glass 1 Yes 2 No appears and then press ENTER 5 Complete one of the following steps e lf you have more pages to scan press 1 to select YES and then repeat step 4 for each page of the fax job elf you are finished press 2 to select NO When you press NO the device automatically sends all pages When the last page of the fax has exited the device you can start sending another fax copying or scanning To fax to numbers that you use regularly you can assign a one touch key or speed dial entry See To program speed dial entries and one touch keys and To program group dial entries If you have electronic phone books available you might be able to use them to select recipients Electronic phone books are generated by using third party software programs Sending faxes 77 To send a fax to multiple recipients You can send a fax to several fax numbers at once If you want to send a fax to a group of fax numbers that you have assigned to a group dial entry see To send a fax by using a group dial entry If you want to send a fax to a group of numbers maximum of 20 that have not been assigned a group dial entry see To send a fax to a group manually ad hoc faxing In the rare instance that your document does not fit into memory complete one of the following e Clear saved faxes from the fax memory For more information see Deleting faxes from memory e Divide the document into small
275. s 28 long 28 multiple pages per sheet 41 output options 44 preprinted 46 selecting 22 specifications 23 tough HP LaserJet 48 tray selection 40 troubleshooting 243 wrinkled 241 ENWW paper input trays Configuration page 179 feeding problems troubleshooting 245 included 4 loading 28 locating 9 paper specifications 23 part numbers 277 selecting 40 paper output bins locating 9 selecting 44 part numbers cables 276 media 278 memory 275 supplies 274 tray 2 277 user guides 280 user replaceable parts 279 parts user replaceable 279 pauses inserting 102 PCL drivers features 6 operating systems supported 14 PDEs Macintosh 17 personalities included 6 phone book fax adding entries 98 deleting all entries 101 printing 190 phone lines fax tone volume adjusting 34 phone numbers HP fraud hotline 206 HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program 295 ordering supplies v service vi support v phones receiving faxes from 110 sending faxes from 86 photos copying 71 index page troubleshooting 264 memory cards inserting 134 printing an index 139 printing directly from the memory card 137 printing troubleshooting 265 proof sheet printing from 138 scanning troubleshooting 247 troubleshooting 264 physical specifications 287 pick up rollers ordering 279 pickup roller assembly ADF 197 199 pictures See photos ENWW pixels per inch ppi scanning 130 platforms supported 14 polling faxes 111
276. s are not supported for this device 8 9 10 11 If you have not yet done so click Properties The printer driver opens On the various tabs set any settings that you want that did not appear in the Page Setup or Print dialog box For more information about printer driver settings see the printer driver online Help By default the printer prints to the top output bin which is the best location for most print jobs including transparencies For labels heavy paper or other special print media lower the rear output door on the printer Select the Print command to print the job 38 Chapter 5 Printing ENWW Printing from the Macintosh OS ENWW To print from the Macintosh OS NO a BF WN gt Make sure that paper is loaded in the printer On the File menu click Page Setup Make sure that this printer is selected on the Format for pop up menu Select the size of paper onto which you are printing Select the Orientation and Scale if necessary and click OK On the File menu click Print Use one of the following methods to select the source tray from which you want to print or select the type of media onto which you want to print Always print by type for special print media such as labels or transparencies e Mac OS 9 2 2 On the General pop up menu select the tray or type of media from the Paper Source pop up menu e Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 On the Paper Feed pop up menu select the tray or type of media S
277. s connected to a network direct connect only You can also start the HP Director software directly from the computer See Scanning by using HP Director Windows Scan from HP Director Macintosh Insert an original into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray to open the HP Director window You can also start the HP Director by clicking the Dock alias Macintosh OS 10 2 or 10 3 or desktop alias on the computer desktop See Scanning from the device and HP Director Macintosh Scan from TWAIN compliant or Windows Imaging Application WIA compliant software The device is TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant and works with Windows based and Macintosh based programs that support TWAIN compliant or WIA compliant scanning devices The device scanning software is also TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant For more information see Scanning by using TWAIN compliant and WIA compliant software Note To learn about and use optical character recognition OCR software install the Readiris program from the software CD ROM 118 Chapter 9 Scan ENWW Scanning from the device control panel Windows Note Note Note Note Note ENWW Macintosh users For information about starting a scan from the device control panel see Scanning from the device and HP Director Macintosh Use the following instructions to scan directly from the device control panel For the best scan quality place your originals onto the fla
278. s sending a fax Receive error The device prints a report when an error occurs while the device is receiving a fax Every fax The device prints a report when a fax is sent or received Send fax only The device prints a report when a fax is sent Never A report is never printed Fax logs and reports 189 Note Including the first page of each fax on the fax call report If this option is turned on and the page image still exists in the device memory the fax call report includes a thumbnail 50 percent reduction of the first page of the most recent fax that was sent or received The factory set default for this option is On To include the first page of each fax on the fax call report Use the following steps to include the first page of each fax on the fax call report 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Call report and then press ENTER 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Include 1st page and then press Enter 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select On or Off and then press Enter to confirm your selection Printing a phone book report A phone book report lists the fax numbers that are assigned to the one touch buttons and speed dial and group dial entries To print a phone book report Use the following steps to print a one touch speed dial and group dial report 1 On th
279. s the phone number to which a fax is sent e Result explains the status of the fax e OK means that the fax was successful e Pending faxes are in memory or are printing e Anerror code means that your device might need service Contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the flyer that came in the printer box The device control panel display has black lines or dots or becomes blank CAUTION Static electricity can cause unexpected black lines or dots to appear on the device control panel display Do not touch the device control panel display if there is a chance that you have collected a static electric charge for example by walking on carpet in a low humidity environment Was the device exposed to an electric or magnetic field Unexpected lines or dots might appear on the device control panel display or the display might become blank if the device is exposed to an electric or magnetic field To resolve this problem perform the following procedure 1 Turn the device off 2 Remove the device from the electric or magnetic field 3 Turn the device on again 272 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Accessories and ordering information The following list of accessories was current at the time of printing Ordering information and availability of the accessories might change during the life of the device For the most current ordering information visit the most appropriate of the following websit
280. s vA VA Installer PCL 6 printer vA Va va driver PS printer vA vA VA driver software HP Toolbox Installer 14 Chapter 2 Software ENWW HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one software continued Windows Windows UNIX 2000 XP 98 SE ME Linux Fax software HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only Storage driver memory card HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one only Device Configuration Utility HP Director Macintosh PostScript printer description PPD and printer dialog extensions The 64 bit version of Windows XP supports printer drivers only Available on the HP website 3Available on the HP website Not specific to this device Software tips The following are some tips for working with the device software How do gain access to the device features The device features are available in the printer driver Some features such as custom paper sizes and page orientation might also be available in the program you are using to create a file Change settings in the program if possible because changes that are made in the program override changes that are made in the printer driver ENWW Printer drivers 15 Gain access to advanced device features through the printer driver or the Print dialog box for Macintosh operating systems To open a Windows print driver complete the following steps 1 On the Windows taskbar click Start click Settings and then click Printe
281. scanning to e mail or Scan from the device control panel 1 2 Load the originals that are to be scanned in the automatic document feeder ADF and adjust the media guides OR Lift the flatoed scanner cover and load the original document that is to be scanned face down on the glass with the upper left corner of the document located in the lower right corner of the glass Gently close the lid To start scanning press Scan To on the control panel For information on changing the entries that appear in the scan to list on the device display see Add or edit e mail addresses for scanning to e mail 3 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select the folder to which you want to send the scan Press the Start Scan on the device to send the scan to the folder 162 Chapter 11 How do I ENWW Note ENWW Send a scan to an e mail message You must have at least one e mail address set up in HP Toolbox for this feature to work For more information see the HP Toolbox online Help 1 Load the originals that are to be scanned in the automatic document feeder ADF and adjust the media guides OR Lift the flatbed scanner cover and load the original face down on the glass with the upper left corner of the document located in the lower right corner of the glass Gently close the lid Press Scan To on the control panel Use the lt or the gt button to select the e mail address to which you want to send the scan
282. se a lint free cloth to gently wipe any fingerprints off the white sleeve 5 Close the jam clearance door and then rotate the locking mechanism clockwise Reinstall the imaging drum in the device ENWW Problem The toner smears easily when touched AaBe lt c ACC AQS Ac AXR The device is not set to print on the type of media on which you want to print The media might not meet HP specifications In the printer driver select the Paper tab and set Type is to match the type of media on which you are printing Print speed might be slower if you are using heavy paper Use media that meets HP specifications See Media specifications AQGBh The paper path might need Clean the device See Cleaning eS cleaning the device The device is not set to print on In the printer driver select the the type of media on which you Paper tab and set Type is to want to print match the type of paper on which you are printing Print speed might be slower if you are using heavy paper Internal parts might have toner The problem typically corrects on them itself after a few more pages The paper path might need Clean the device See Cleaning cleaning the device The imaging drum might be low Replace the imaging drum See Changing the imaging drum The fuser might be damaged Contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Marks rep
283. see the box in which the device was packed Chapter 2 Software ENWW ENWW This is the recommended installation option Select this option to install the software needed to print and scan from your computer plus the following programs HP Toolbox This program lets you easily monitor and set up the device settings from your computer and it offers device Help and troubleshooting With HP Toolbox you have desktop access to the device fax phone book and logs For more information about HP Toolbox see the HP Toolbox online Help after you have installed the software HP Image Zone This program lets you view manage and edit images it lets you load images directly from a camera or memory card and it helps you share those images with others It also includes programs for scanning and for producing creative projects such as brochures and flyers For more information about HP Image Zone see the HP Image Zone online Help after you have installed the software HP Document Viewer This program lets you view and annotate PDF and TIFF files and it lets you export documents to other software programs It also includes optical character recognition OCR software that lets you scan paper documents and convert them into electronic documents that can be edited For more information about HP Document Viewer see the HP Document Viewer online Help after you have installed the software Minimum installation Windows 98 SE and Windows ME operat
284. sh Configure Device 1 Open HP Director by clicking the HP Director icon on the Dock 2 In HP Director click Settings 3 Select Config device and then click Continue 186 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW Embedded Web server This device is equipped with an embedded Web server which allows access to information about device and network activities A Web server provides an environment in which web programs may run much in the same way that an operating system such as Windows provides an environment for programs to run on your computer The output from these programs can then be displayed by a Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer Safari or Netscape Navigator An embedded Web server resides on a hardware device such as a printer or in firmware rather than as software that is loaded on a network server The advantage of an embedded Web server is that it provides an interface to the device that anyone with a network connected computer and a standard Web browser can access There is no special software to install or configure but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer To access the embedded Web server type the IP address for the device in the address line of the browser To find the IP address print a Configuration page For more information about printing a Configuration page see Configuration page Note For Macintosh operating systems you can use the EWS over a USB connect
285. si scedssceervieete Adland added T ENTE ah deeded eden 28 LOAGING Way T ereraa e a ai a a E 28 Loading optional ray 2 sescnericiieni cerie ana EEEREN E EERE 29 Loading documents tO SCAN ooo eececee eect eee eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeee eee teeaeeeseceeaeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseeaeeeeenaees 30 Using the device control panel 2ccccci ccceccessanccecssstacceceesesaceecetasaaceceesatac eeevessseeeceesbanecect evinces 32 Changing the device control panel display language ccceeceeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeettteeeeeeeeeee 32 Changing the default media SIZ wvic eccccieviestcaaiviedecneesesiantedheecdevieseciastheuiciaeeesnaaiveeeeanaeien 32 Using the device volume controls cee eeeccee cette ee eeete eee e tenets erent eeeeaeeeeesaeeeetneeeeeeeeeenenas 33 ENWW vii viii 5 Printing Printing from WINGOWS 00 cecceceeeeee cette eee erent eee ee iadaaa aai 38 To print from WiINndOWS rience a aa e among elec 38 Printing from the Macintosh OS 0 0 eeecceceeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeennee eee eaeeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeeiaeeeseenaeeeeeeeaaes 39 To print from the Macintosh OS 2 c cccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeececeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeteceecacnaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 39 Printer drivers ssia anaa eaaa a ea aaeain a ia debdunsevsvanstadacntsbesdde ea Aaina 40 Using the PCL printer driver Help Windows only sssssessssssssrsssrrssserrssesrrssrrrrrssrrrrssreen 40 Selecting A SOUCO reresik aaran aa evi aR AEE a aa A a e aaa 40 Selecting a type Or SIZE sererai ardina
286. slow modem speed The resolution at which the fax was sent or is being received might be very high Your telephone line might not be working You are sending a fax via an international call The fax activity log or fax call reports settings are not correct Complex faxes take longer to be sent or received Breaking longer faxes into multiple jobs and decreasing the resolution can increase the transmission speed The device only sends the fax at the fastest modem speed that the receiving fax machine can accept If you are receiving the fax call and ask the sender to lower the resolution and resend the fax If you are sending the fax lower the resolution and resend the fax See Changing the default light dark contrast setting to change the default setting Hang up and resend the fax Have the telephone company check the telephone line You must allow more time to transmit fax jobs internationally Print a Configuration page and check when the reports print For instructions about setting log or report printing times see To set the fax activity log to print automatically or Setting print times for the fax call report The volume setting might not See Using the device volume be adjusted correctly controls Fax problems 263 Memory card problems Note This section helps you identify and resolve memory card related problems For help with control panel error messages while pri
287. ss Enter again to confirm the print job 5 Under each photo that you want to print color in the oval or bubble with a dark blue or black pen Also fill the bubbles to indicate the image layout and media type 6 Place the proof sheet face down on the flatbed scanner with the upper left corner of the document located in the lower right corner of the glass 7 Press PuHoto 8 Use the lt or the gt button to select Proof sheet and then press ENTER 9 Use the lt or the gt button to select Scan and then press Enter The device scans the proof sheet and prints the photos that you marked Repeat steps 5 through 9 for each proof sheet Note Photos printed with this method can be printed in color only Note JPEG files on the memory card are numbered in alphabetical order If you do not know the order of the photos on the memory card you can print an index that shows the photo order For more information about printing an index see Printing an index 138 Chapter 10 Photo ENWW Printing an index ENWW e ON gt Insert the memory card into the device See Inserting a memory card Press PHoto Use the lt or the gt button to select Index print and then press ENTER Press Enter again to confirm the print job The device prints an index that includes small preview images for each photo on the memory card Each index page can contain as many as 30 preview images Printing an index 139 140 Chapter 10 Photo ENWW
288. ssembly and then wipe the assembly with a soft dry cloth 5 Return the assembly to the same place in the ADF The largest roller goes in back and the gear side is away from you ENWW Cleaning the automatic document feeder ADF pickup rollerassembly 199 6 Lower the green lever with the flat green part fitting in between the rollers Press down on the green lever until you hear a snap 7 To check for proper installation lift the green lever until it remains open The pickup roller assembly should be secured to the lever assembly and should not fall out 8 Make sure that both sides of the assembly are secured by the green hooks 9 Lower the green lever assembly and close the ADF lid If you are experiencing jams in the ADF contact your local HP authorized service provider See Service and support Note 10 Plug the device in and then turn the power switch to the on position Y PEA BZ oe 4 ZZ ZZ Z 200 Chapter 12 Managing the device and maintenance ENWW ENWW Managing supplies This chapter contains information about these maintenance topics Checking status and ordering supplies Storing supplies Replacing and recycling supplies HP policy on non HP supplies HP fraud hotline Changing a print cartridge Changing the imaging drum 201 Checking status and ordering supplies You can check the supplies status by using the printer control panel printing a Sup
289. stalling the printing software 13 Printer drivers Software and supported operating systems For easy device setup and access to the full range of device features HP strongly recommends that you install the software that is provided Not all software is available in all languages See the getting started guide for installation instructions and see the Readme file for the latest software information The most recent drivers additional drivers and other software are available from the Internet and other sources If you do not have access to the Internet see Service and support The device supports the following operating systems e Microsoft Windows 98 SE Windows 2000 Windows Millennium Edition Me and Windows XP 32 bit e Windows NT 4 0 and Windows XP 64 bit driver only other device software is not available e Macintosh OS 9 2 2 and OS 10 2 and 10 3 e UNIX Linux and OS 2 limited functionality e Windows Server 2003 printer driver only from Web The following tables list the software that is available for your operating system Full software installation is available only for Windows 2000 and Windows XP systems that meet the recommended system requirements For more information about software installation see Software installation HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one software Windows Windows Windows Macintosh Macintosh UNIX OS 2 2000 XP 98 SE ME NT OS 9 2 2 OS 10 2 10 3 Linux Window
290. t might be low If you are using cartridges See Changing a non HP print cartridges no print cartridge messages appear on the device control panel or in the HP Toolbox The imaging drum might be low Replace the imaging drum See Changing the imaging drum Print problems 237 Problem Toner smears appear on the media AaBbCc AaBhCc AaB CcC AaBbCC AaBbCc 238 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The media might not meet HP specifications If toner smears appear on the leading edge of the paper the media guides are dirty or debris has accumulated in the print path The imaging drum might be low Media might be jammed in the imaging drum Use media that meets HP specifications See Media specifications Clean the media guides and the paper path See Cleaning the paper path Replace the imaging drum See Changing the imaging drum Complete the following steps to clear the jam 1 Remove the imaging drum from the device See Changing the imaging drum Rotate the black dial jam clearance door lock located on the top left hand side of the imaging drum counterclockwise Lift upward to open the black jam clearance door near the green handle on the top of the imaging drum Remove the media from inside the imaging drum Note Do not touch the white sleeve in the imaging drum when removing the media as fingerprints will cause print quality issues If necessary u
291. t a moment before pressing Cance If a jam exists see Clearing jams Then resend the job Use the flatbed scanner The minimum page size for the ADF is 127 by 127 mm 5 by 5 inches Ifajam exists see Clearing jams Then resend the job Fax problems 259 Problem Faxes stop during sending The device is receiving faxes but is not sending them Outgoing fax calls continue to be dialed Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The fax machine to which you are sending might be malfunctioning Your telephone line might not be working A communication error might be interrupting the fax job If your device is on a PBX system the PBX system might be generating a dial tone that the device cannot detect A poor telephone connection might exist The fax machine to which you are sending might be malfunctioning Your telephone line might not be working The device automatically redials a fax number if the redial options are set to On Try sending to another fax machine Do one of the following e Turn up the volume on the device and then press Start Fax on the control panel If you hear a dial tone the telephone line is working Disconnect the device from the jack in the wall and then connect a telephone to the jack Try to make a telephone call to verify that the telephone line is working Change the redial on communication error setting to On see To change the redial on communication
292. t made by HP This message is HP supply please call the HP fraud displayed until an HP supply is installed hotline at 1 877 219 3183 Service or or ENTER is pressed repairs required as a result of using non HP supplies is not covered under HP warranty To continue printing press Enter The first pending job will be cancelled Unknown Memory Card Error There is an issue with either the memory Reinsert the card If the error persists card or the device memory card reader insert a different card If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box 224 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW Alert and warning messages continued Control panel message Recommended action Unsupported Memory Card The memory card that you have inserted Insert a card that is supported See is not a type that is supported Inserting a memory card Critical error messages Critical error messages can indicate some kind of failure Cycling the power might fix the problem If a critical error persists the device might require service Critical error messages Control panel message Recommended action 50 x Fuser Error The device has experienced an internal Turn off the device and then disconnect hardware error the power cord Remove the fuser see To clear output area jams and then wait at least 20 minutes Reinstall the fuser turn on the device and then wait for the de
293. t tray and reload the stack with the last page facing up and with the top of the page leading into the ADF 4 Press Start Black or Start CoLor The even numbered pages are copied and printed ENWW Copying photos two sided originals or books 71 5 Collate the odd and even numbered printed copies pa 2 To copy a book 1 Lift the lid and place the book on the flatbed scanner with the page that you want to copy at the lower right corner of the glass 2 Gently close the lid 4 Press Start Black or Start COLOR or use one of the other scanning methods to copy the book See Understanding scanning methods for more information 72 Chapter 7 Copy ENWW ENWW Fax Use the following instructions to perform fax tasks Specifying the fax settings Sending faxes Using manual dial Redialing manually Canceling a fax job Sending faxes by using the software Receiving faxes Sending a fax by dialing from a telephone Changing the default light dark contrast setting Changing the default resolution setting Changing the default glass size setting Selecting tone dialing or pulse dialing mode Changing the redial settings Receiving faxes to your computer Setting the answer mode Changing ring patterns for call answering Changing the rings to answer setting Changing autoreduction settings for incoming faxes Blocking or un
294. tbed scanner rather than loading them into the automatic document feeder ADF input tray The computer that is connected to the device must be turned on Programming the device Scan to button To program the device Scan To button you must gain access to the device settings Open the HP Toolbox and click the Scan to tab For more information see the HP Toolbox online Help The HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one includes separate SCAN To FOLDER and SCAN TO EMAIL buttons instead of one Scan To button Scanning to e mail To scan to e mail by using the Scan To button on the device control panel use the following instructions To use this feature in Windows an e mail recipient must be programmed in the Scan to tab See Programming the device Scan to button For Macintosh operating systems set up this function from the Monitor Device tab See the HP Director online Help 1 Load the originals that are to be scanned face up in the automatic document feeder ADF input tray Adjust the media guides to hold the originals in place OR Lift the flatoed scanner lid and load the original that is to be scanned face down on the flatbed scanner with the upper left corner of the document at the lower right corner of the glass Gently close the lid 2 On the device control panel press Scan To On the HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one control panel press SCAN To EMAIL 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select an e mail recipient
295. tement cccceeeeeeeeeccee cee ee cece eee eee ee ceaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeecccaaesaeeeeeeeeeneneneees 299 Finnish laser Statement ccsccct sca caees arenan aa E A Na 300 Glossary Index ENWW ENWW Device basics This section provides information about the following topics Quick access to device information Device configurations Device features Device parts Quick access to device information User guide links e Device parts e Control panel e Troubleshooting Where to look for more information Several references are available for use with this device See http www hp com support clj2800series Setting up the device Getting started guide printed Provides step by step instructions for installing and setting up the device This guide comes in the box with your device Animated getting started guide Provides step by step instructions for installing and setting up the device This guide is available on the CD ROM that came with the device Accessory and supplies installation guides These guides provide step by step instructions for installing the device accessories and supplies Using the device User guide Contains detailed information for using the device and troubleshooting problems This guide is available on the CD ROM that came with the device It is also available through the HP Toolbox software 2 Chapter 1 Device basics ENWW A Web based HTML
296. text only pages Other links This section contains links that connect you to the Internet You must have Internet access in order to use any of these links If you use a dial up Connection and did not connect when you first opened HP Toolbox you must connect before you can visit these Web sites Connecting might require that you close HP Toolbox and reopen it e HP Instant Support View the HP Instant Support Web site e Product Registration View the HP product registration Web site e Order Supplies Order device supplies at the HP Web site e Product Support View the support site for the HP Color LaserJet 2820 2830 2840 all in one At the site you can search for help with a specific problem ENWW HP Toolbox 185 Macintosh Configure Device Mac OS 10 2 and 10 3 Macintosh Configure Device is a Web application that you can use for the following tasks e Check the device status e Configure the device settings Note Macintosh Configure Device is not supported for Mac OS 9 2 2 You can view Macintosh Configure Device when the device is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to the network You must perform a complete software installation to use Macintosh Configure Device Note You do not have to have Internet access to open and use Macintosh Configure Device However if you click a link in the Other Links area you must have Internet access to go to the site that is associated with the link To view Macinto
297. that you do not want to include select the name in the Individuals in Group list and then click Remove 7 Click Save Create a new group list Open HP Toolbox and click the Fax tab Click Fax Phone Book Click New Group The Fax Phone Book Create a New Group page appears ee aN You can type a number in the Group information for the Fax Phone Book field HP Toolbox automatically enters the next available entry number from the Fax Phone Book 5 Type a name for your group in the Group name field 6 Select the entries from the All individuals list that you want to add to your group and then click Add OR Click Add All to add all of the phone book entries to the group If you add a name to the group that you do not want to include select the name in the Individuals in Group list and then click Remove 7 Click Save Change settings such as resolution and contrast and optimize them for each fax Some faxes might include only text others might have graphics or photos and still other faxes might contain a combination of both text graphics and photos You can change fax settings for each type of fax that you send from the HP LaserJet Send Fax software or at the control panel on the device For more information about optimizing faxes using the HP LaserJet Send Fax software see the Help that accompanies the software 160 Chapter 11 How do I ENWW For more information about optimizing faxes using the device contro
298. the gt button to select Reports and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Call report and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Print report now The device exits the menu settings and prints the report To set the fax call report to print automatically see Setting print times for the fax call report Setting print times for the fax call report You can set the device to print a fax call report after any of the following events Every fax error the factory set default Send fax error Receive fax error Every fax Send fax only Never If you select Never you will have no indication that a fax failed to be transmitted unless you print a fax activity log To set the print times for the fax call report Use the following steps to set when the fax call report is printed 1 2 3 4 5 6 On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Reports and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax Call report and then press ENTER Press the gt button once to select Print report and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select the option for when you want the fax call reports to be printed Press Enter to save your selection The following print time options are available Every error The device prints a report each time an error occurs Send error The device prints a report when an error occurs while the device i
299. the document in the automatic document feeder ADF input tray Include a cover page this step is optional Oy Or as OO IN Click Scan Now and then click Print The steps for Mac OS 9 2 2 will vary Sending faxes by using the software 83 To send a fax from a third party application such as Microsoft Word all operating systems 1 Open a document in a third party program 2 Click the File menu and then click Print 3 Select the fax print driver from the printer drop down list The fax software appears 4 Complete one of the following Windows users Complete steps 2 through 5 in To send a fax from the software Windows 2000 or XP Mac users Complete steps 2 through 6 in To send a fax from the software Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 84 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Receiving faxes Note ENWW You can receive faxes to the device or to your computer In general incoming faxes to the device are automatically answered However if you change the devices that are connected to the same telephone line as the device you must change how the device answers incoming faxes See Setting the answer mode for instructions Follow the procedures in this section to manage faxes that are routed to the device To receive faxes when you hear fax tones If you have a telephone line that receives both fax and telephone calls and you hear fax tones when you answer the telephone you can start the receiving process in one of two ways
300. the printer and then press it firmlyinto place 11 Close the top cover and the scanner assembly Clear jams Occasionally paper or other print media can become jammed during a print job Complete the following tasks to clear media jams To clear a media jam inside the device Media jams might result in loose toner on the page If toner gets on your clothing wipe the toner off with a clean cloth wash the items in cold water and air dry Using hot water or heat from a dryer will set the toner in the fabric If you get any toner on your hands wash them in cold water Do not use a sharp object such as a pencil or scissors to remove jammed media 1 On the back of the device open the rear output door and then push down the fuser levers Releasing the fuser levers relieves tension on the device rollers which makes removing jammed pages easier 2 Push the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly 170 Chapter 11 How do 1 ENWW 3 Open the top cover and then remove the image drum and set it aside 4 With both hands grasp the side of the media that is most visible this includes the middle and carefully pull it free from the device 5 When you have removed the jammed media replace the image drum and close the top cover and the scanner assembly 6 Return the fuser levers to their original upward position After clearing the media jam you might need to turn the device off and th
301. the settings temporarily for a particular photo printing job see Changing job settings 1 Press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select Photo Setup and then press Enter 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select one of the following menu items and then press ENTER e Def Image Size Select this item to change the size of the image that you are printing e Def of copies Select this item to change the number of copies that you want to print e Def Output Color Select this item to set whether you are printing in color or black and white 4 Use the lt or the gt button to change the setting and then press Enter to save the change ENWW Changing default settings 135 Changing job settings Insert the memory card into the device Press PHoto Use the lt or the gt button to select Print photos Use the lt or the gt button to select Job settings OY Pe Or NS Use the lt or the gt button to make selections for each of the following menu items and then press ENTER e Image Size Change the size of the image that you are printing e Media Size Change the media size that you are using e Paper type Change the media type that you are using e of copies Change the number of copies that you want to print e Output color Set whether you are printing in color or black and white 6 Press Enter to save the changes When you have finished changing the job settings you can print your photos
302. the software program Help menu The fax software and HP Toolbox are not supported for Windows 98 Windows ME or Windows NT The HP Toolbox software is not supported for Macintosh You can fax electronic documents from your computer if you meet the following requirements e The device is connected directly to your computer or connected to your computer over a TCP IP network e The device software is installed on your computer e You are using Microsoft Windows 2000 or XP or Mac OS 9 2 2 10 2 or 10 3 To send a fax from the software Windows 2000 or XP The procedure to send a fax varies according to your specifications The most typical steps follow 1 Click Start click Programs or All Programs in Windows XP and then click Hewlett Packard 2 Click either HP LaserJet 2830 or HP LaserJet 2840 and then click Send fax The fax software appears Enter the fax number of one or more recipients 3 4 Load the document in the automatic document feeder ADF input tray 5 Include a cover page This step is optional 6 Click Send Now or click Send Later and select a date and time You can also send a fax from HP Toolbox by navigating to the Fax Tasks section and clicking the Fax Send button To send a fax from the software Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 Open the HP Toolbox and click Fax The fax software appears Select Addressing from the Copies and Pages drop down list Enter the fax number of one or more recipients Load
303. ting in color AQBboCc AQBboCc AQBbCc AaQBbCc AQBboCc One or more colors are not printing or are inaccurate AaBbCe AaBbEc AaBboCc AciBbCc AABOoCc A color is printing inconsistently after you load a new print cartridge AaBboCc AaBboCc AaBboCc AaBboCc AaBbCc 242 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting Color mode is not selected in your program or printer driver The correct printer driver might not be selected in the program The device might not be correctly configured Sealing tape might be on the print cartridges The media might not meet HP specifications The device might be operating in excessively humid conditions One or more print cartridges might be low If you are using non HP print cartridges no messages appear on the device control panel or in the HP Toolbox Another print cartridge might be low If you are using a non HP print cartridge it might be low or empty but you will receive no indication Print cartridges might be incorrectly installed Select color mode instead of grayscale mode Select the correct printer driver Print a Configuration page If no color appears on the Configuration page contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Verify that the sealing tape has been completely removed from the print cartridges Use a different paper such as high quality paper that
304. tions in this order the Page Setup dialog box in the program the Print dialog box in the program or the Paper tab in the printer driver e Mac OS 9 2 2 Gain access to Custom Paper features in the Page Setup dialog box On the Page Attributes pop up menu select Custom Page Size e Mac OS 10 2 or 10 3 To set a custom paper size click File and then click Page Setup Click the Page Attributes menu and select Custom Paper Size ENWW Setting a custom paper size 45 Printing on special media Use these guidelines when printing on special types of media Note Use the rear output door straight through paper path when printing on special media Glossy paper e In either the software application or the driver select Glossy as the media type or print from a tray that is configured for glossy paper Select Glossy for media weights up to 105 g m 28 Ib bond Select Heavy glossy for media weights up to 120 g m 32 Ib bond e Because this affects all print jobs it is important to return the printer to its original settings once the job has printed Note Hewlett Packard recommends using HP Color LaserJet Soft Gloss paper with this printer HP products are designed to work together for optimum printing results If HP Color LaserJet Soft Gloss paper is not used with this printer print quality may be compromised Use only glossy papers that are designed for use with HP Color LaserJet printers Inkjet glossy papers are not supported f
305. tions such as printing faxing copying and scanning Short for Web browser a software program that is used to locate and open Web pages The process of printing a multiple copy job in sets When collate is selected the device prints an entire set before printing additional copies Otherwise the device prints the specified number of copies of one page before printing the subsequent pages A comma in a fax dial sequence indicates that the device will pause at that point in the dialing sequence The difference between the dark and light areas of an image The lower the number value the more closely the shades resemble each other The higher the number the more the shades appear separate from each other A single telephone line that is used exclusively for either voice calls or fax calls Dual inline memory module a small circuit board that holds memory A single in line memory module SIMM has a 32 bit path to the memory whereas a DIMM has a 64 bit path A service offered by some telephone companies in some regions countries that allows two or three phone numbers to be set up on the same telephone line Each phone number has a different ring pattern and the fax machine can be configured to recognize the distinctive ring of the fax number A measurement of resolution that is used for printing Generally more dots per inch result in a higher resolution more visible detail in the image and a larger file size Digital subscri
306. to a grounded power source the control panel shows Hewlett Packard with moving cursors indicating that the firmware code is loading and the print engine motor rotates for approximately 45 to 60 seconds When the firmware is done loading Scanner bulb warming up appears in the control panel and the scan head moves back and forth for 10 15 seconds If you lift the scanner lid you will see that the scanner bulb is lit Near the end of this time the automatic document feeder ADF motor turns on for about two seconds ENWW No power due to failed power source cable switch or fuse Print engine motor does not rotate ADF motor does not rotate Scanner bulb does not light Verify that the device is plugged in Verify that the power cable is functional and that the power switch is on Check the power source by plugging the device directly into the wall or into a different outlet Verify that the fuser shipping locks have been removed For more information see the Getting Started Guide Verify that the fuser locks are in the locked position See To clear output area jams Verify that the print cartridges and imaging drum are properly installed See Managing supplies Look at the control panel messages and follow the instructions to remove and replace the cartridges Verify that the top cover is closed Open the ADF cover and remove any orange shipping tape inside the ADF Verify that the ADF
307. troubleshooting 250 blinking lights 217 block fax list printing 190 blocking faxes 97 booklets printing 51 books copying 72 scanning 127 both sides printing on 50 busy signals redialing options 91 Cc cables USB troubleshooting 246 call report fax printing 188 troubleshooting 263 calling cards 80 canceling copy jobs 63 faxes 82 printjobs 53 scan jobs 121 Index 305 capacity output bins 44 trays 23 cardstock printing on 44 specifications 23 47 cartridges features 4 HP fraud hotline 206 non HP 205 partnumbers 274 recycling 204 294 replacing 207 status page printing 179 status checking 202 status viewing with HP Toolbox 182 storage specifications 288 storing 203 warranty 283 characters troubleshooting 240 cleaning ADF pickup roller assembly 199 exterior 192 glass 192 lid backing 192 cleaning page printing 193 clock setting 76 collating copies 69 color Automatic adjustment 58 grayscale printingas 41 HP ImageREt 2400 57 Manual adjustment options 58 matching 60 Neutral Grays setting 59 RGB settings 59 scanning settings 130 settings 56 58 troubleshooting 241 colored paper specifications 46 Configuration page 178 configurations device 4 consumables See supplies contracts maintenance vi 285 contrast settings copy 65 fax 87 control panel about 11 key press volume adjusting 35 language selecting 32 locating 9 messages troubleshooting 217 scanning from Macintosh 123 scanning from
308. ts To provide you with the level of support best suited to your needs HP has on site service agreements with two response times Priority Onsite Service This agreement provides 4 hour service response to your site for calls made during normal HP business hours Next Day Onsite Service This agreement provides support by the next working day following a service request Extended coverage hours and extended travel beyond HP s designated service zones are available on most on site agreements for additional charges ENWW HP maintenance agreements 285 286 Appendix B Service and support ENWW Device specifications Physical specifications HP Color 523 mm 518 mm 497 mm 26 7 kg LaserJet 2820 all 20 6 in 20 4 in 19 6 in 58 8 Ibs in one and HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one HP Color 570 mm 518 mm 497 mm 29 3 kg LaserJet 2840 all 22 4 in 20 4 in 19 6 in 64 5 Ibs in one with tray 2 250 sheet Supplies specifications Imaging drum life based on 5 percent coverage 20 000 pages when printing only in black 5 000 pages when printing in color 6 000 to 8 000 pages is the average life Print cartridge life based on 5 percent coverage Black 5 000 pages Yellow cyan and magenta 2 000 pages each HP Color LaserJet 2820 all in one Yellow cyan and magenta 4 000 pages each HP Color LaserJet 2830 all in one and HP Color LaserJet 2840 all in one Electrical specifications fen poe eo
309. ttempts to send the fax If you are scanning from the flatbed scanner select YES when Send from glass 1 Yes 2 No appears and then press ENTER ENWW Redialing manually 81 Canceling a fax job Use these instructions to cancel a single fax that is currently dialing or a fax that is being transmitted or received To cancel the current fax job Press CaxceL on the control panel Any pages that have not been transmitted are canceled Pressing Cancel also stops group dial jobs To cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job Status Use this procedure to cancel a fax job in the following situations e The device is waiting to redial after encountering a busy signal an unanswered call or a communication error e The fax is scheduled to be sent at a future time Use the following steps to cancel a fax job by using the Fax Job Status 1 On the device control panel press Menu 2 Press Enter to select Fax Job status 3 Use the lt or the gt button to scroll through pending jobs until you reach the job that you want to clear 4 Press Enter to select the job that you want to cancel 5 Press Enter to confirm that you want to cancel the job 82 Chapter 8 Fax ENWW Sending faxes by using the software Note Note Note ENWW This section contains basic instructions for sending faxes by using the software that came with the device All other software related topics are covered in the software Help which can be opened from
310. tton to select Tray 1 or optional tray 2 and then press Enter Use the lt or the gt button to select Paper size and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select the paper size that you want to select Press Enter to save your selection To change the default paper tray type Or oe ON Press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select System setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Paper setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Tray 1 or optional tray 2 and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Paper type and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select the paper type that you want to select Press Enter to save your selection Using the device volume controls You can control the volume of the following sounds ENWW The alarm sound that the device emits when it requires attention such as when the device door is open The beeps that are emitted when you press the device control panel buttons The phone line sounds for outgoing faxes HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only The ring volume for incoming faxes HP Color LaserJet 2830 2840 all in one models only Using the device control panel 33 Note Note Note 34 To change the alarm volume The alarm sounds when the device is presenting an alert or critical error message The alarm duration length is either one or thre
311. turn the device on If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box ENWW Critical error messages continued Control panel message Recommended action Engine error The device has experienced an engine Press Enter to clear the message error Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the device to initialize If a surge protector is being used remove it Plug the device directly into the wall socket Use the power switch to turn the device on If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box Sensor error The device has experienced an internal Turn off the power by using the power sensor error switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the device to initialize If a surge protector is being used remove it Plug the device directly into the wall socket Use the power switch to turn the device on If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box ENWW Control panel messages 227 Clearing jams This section contains instructions for clearing jams from the device Media jams occur in the device Occasionally paper or other print media can become jammed during a print job Some causes i
312. ubbles have not been completely completely filled Verify that the proof filled the proof sheet is wrinkled the sheet is face down and properly page is skewed on the scanner or the positioned in the lower right corner proof sheet is face up This feature has been optimized and tested for use with Genuine HP Toner Supplies variations in color shading can impact the performance of this feature Scanner reserved for PC scan A computer is using the device to create Wait until the computer scan has ascan finished or cancel the scan from the computer software or press CANceL Scanning error Cannot connect The device cannot transmit scan Verify that the connection cable is not information to a computer loose or damaged Replace the cable if necessary and try the scan again Select at least one image You might not have selected any images Verify that you have marked the bubbles on the proof sheet underneath the images you want to print Select one image layout An image layout might not be selected Verify that you have marked one of the on the proof sheet bubbles corresponding to an image layout Select one paper type A paper type might not be selected on Verify that you have marked one of the the proof sheet bubbles corresponding to a paper type Settings cleared The device has cleared job settings Re enter any appropriate job settings Unauthorized color A new supply has been installed that is If you believe you purchased an no
313. uipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase separation between equipment and receiver Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located Consult your dealer or an experienced radio TV technician Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules This equipment complies with FCC rules Part 68 On the back of this equipment is a label that contains among other information the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number REN for this equipment If requested this information must be provided to the telephone company The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the telephone line Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of the RENs should not exceed five 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line as determined by the total RENs contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area This equipment uses the following USOC jacks RJ11C An FC
314. ult media size Press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select System setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Paper setup and then press ENTER 1 2 3 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Def paper size and then press ENTER 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select the paper size that you want to select 6 Press Enter to save your selection To change the default media type Press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select System setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Paper setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Def paper type and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select the paper size that you want to select O Or EO YS Press Enter to save your selection 32 Chapter 4 Using the device ENWW Changing the default paper tray configuration The default tray configurations size and type are set to Any which means that any type and any size of supported media can be printed from that tray Configure your trays for the size and type using the following instructions only if you regularly need to print on a specific size and type of media To change the default paper tray size phe Or Se ONS Press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select System setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt button to select Paper setup and then press ENTER Use the lt or the gt bu
315. unblocking fax numbers 97 About speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries Note Note Note 98 You can store frequently dialed fax numbers or groups of fax numbers as one touch keys speed dial entries or group dial entries In the device phone book a total of 120 entries are available for soeed dial entries and group dial entries For example if you program 100 of the entries as speed dials the remaining 20 can be used for group dials See the following procedures for more information about how to use speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries To program speed dial entries and one touch keys Speed dial entries 1 through 5 are also associated with their corresponding one touch keys on the control panel The one touch keys can be used for speed dial or group dial entries A maximum of 50 characters can be entered for a single fax number Speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries are more easily programmed from the software For instructions about programming speed dial entries one touch keys and group dial entries using HP Toolbox see the HP Toolbox online Help Complete the following steps to program speed dial entries and one touch keys from the device control panel 1 On the device control panel press Menu Use the lt or the gt button to select Fax setup and then press ENTER Press Enter to select Phone Book Press Enter to select Individual setup Press
316. ve print media For information about removing jams see Clearing jams Fax problems 261 Problem Print is skewed Pages are curled or wrinkled 262 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The media input tray might be overloaded The media guides might be incorrectly set broken or missing The media might not meet HP specifications The media might not meet HP specifications The paper path might be affecting the pages The media is not stored properly The media has been in the input tray too long Remove some of the media from the input tray Verify that the guides are not adjusted too tightly or too loosely against the paper Check for broken or missing guides and replace them if necessary Use media that meets HP specifications See Media specifications Use media that meets HP specifications See Media specifications Open the straight through output door on the back of the printer and use this paper path When possible store media in its sealed ream at room temperature Turn over the stack of media in the tray or rotate the media 180 in the paper tray ENWW Performance problems Problem Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly The fax activity logs or fax call reports are printing at inappropriate times The device sounds are too loud or too soft The fax might be very complex such as one with many graphics The receiving fax machine might have a
317. vice to initialize CAUTION The parts on the internal surface of the fuser are very hot To avoid burning yourself do not touch those parts If a surge protector is being used remove it Plug the device directly into the wall socket Use the power switch to turn on the device If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box 51 Laser Error The device has experienced an internal Turn off the power by using the power hardware error switch wait at least 30 seconds and then turn on the power and wait for the device to initialize If a surge protector is being used remove it Plug the device directly into the wall socket Use the power switch to turn the device on If the error persists contact HP Customer Care See Service and support or the support flyer that came in the device box ENWW Control panel messages 225 Critical error messages continued Control panel message 52 Scanner Error 54 2 55 1 59 16 59 192 59 4 59 99 Errors 57 Fan Error Turn off then on 79 Error Turn off then on 226 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting The device has experienced an internal hardware error The device has experienced an internal hardware error The device has experienced a problem with its internal fan The device has experienced an internal firmware error Turn off the power by using the power switch wait at least 30 seconds
318. vity Software settings might affect image printing The order of images printed might affect printing A power surge might have affected the device Solving issues with color documents Turn over the stack of paper in the input tray or try rotating the paper 180 in the input tray Verify that the media is loaded correctly and that the media guides are not too tight or too loose against the stack See Loading trays Use a different paper such as high quality paper that is intended for color laser printers See Media specifications Open the rear output door to print to the straight through paper path Turn over the stack of paper in the tray Use a different paper such as high quality paper that is intended for color laser printers See Media specifications In your software program change the tone darkness of the field in which the repeated image appears In your software program rotate the whole page 180 to print the lighter image first Change the order in which the images are printed For example have the lighter image at the top of the page and the darker image farther down the page If the defect occurs later in a print job turn the device off for 10 minutes and then turn on the device to restart the print job This section describes issues that can occur when you print in color Print problems 241 Problem Only black is printing when the document should be prin
319. volume controls the sound that is made when a device control panel button is pressed 1 Press Menu 2 Use the lt or the gt button to select System setup and then press ENTER 3 Use the lt or the gt button to select Volume settings and then press ENTER 4 Use the lt or the gt button to select Key Press volume and then press Enter 5 Use the lt or the gt button to select Off Soft Medium or Loud 6 Press Enter to save your selection Note The factory set default for the device control panel key press volume is Soft ENWW Using the device control panel 35 36 Chapter 4 Using the device ENWW Note ENWW Printing This section provides information about common printing tasks Printing from Windows Printing from the Macintosh OS Printer drivers Maximizing print speed for letter size paper Selecting an output location Setting a custom paper size Printing on special media Printing on different paper for the first page Printing on both sides duplexing manually Printing booklets Canceling a print job For information about managing the printer and its settings by using the HP Toolbox see Managing supplies Many of the functions that are described in this chapter also can be performed by using the HP Toolbox For instructions about using the HP Toolbox see the HP Toolbox online Help 37 Printing from Windows To print from Windows 1 2 Mak
320. ward position After clearing the media jam you might need to turn the device off and then turn it on again Note When you add new media remove all of the media from the input tray straighten the stack after adding the new media place the stack in the tray and then adjust the media guides To clear output area jams If the media has jammed where it exits the device complete the following steps CAUTION Do not use a sharp object such as a pencil or scissors to remove jammed media 1 Push the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly and then open the top cover 2 On the back of the device open the rear output door and then push down the fuser levers Releasing the fuser levers relieves tension on the device rollers which makes removing jammed pages easier 3 Grasp the leading edge of the media and pull the media out through the output bin LLL BUA ULE TTA Wt 4 Return the fuser levers to their original upward position and then close the rear output door 5 Close the top cover and the scanner assembly Note If you turned the device off before clearing the media jam turn it on again and then restart your printing or copying job 230 Chapter 14 Troubleshooting ENWW CAUTION ENWW If the jam is too far into the device to remove you might have to remove the fuser To do so complete the following steps 1 Turn off the device and then disconnect the power cable
321. xample you might want to have large gray letters reading draft or confidential placed diagonally across the first page or all pages of a document You can change color position and wording of the watermark If you are using Windows 2000 or XP you must have Administrator privileges to create watermarks You do not need Administrator privileges to add existing watermarks to documents e Windows Gain access to the Watermarks options on the Effects tab in your printer driver e Mac OS Gain access to the Watermark options on the watermark overlay pull down menu in the Print dialog box Note that OS X might not support watermarks Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper N up printing N up printing is the ability to print multiple pages on one sheet of paper The pages will appear decreased in size You can specify up to nine pages per sheet and they will be arranged on the sheet as shown in the following figures if you use the default arrangement You can also choose whether a border appears around each page or not e Windows Gain access to Pages per Sheet on the Finishing tab in the printer driver e Mac OS Gain access to Pages per sheet by selecting the Layout pop up menu in the Print dialog box Creating and using Quick Sets Use Quick Sets to save the current print driver
322. ys are installed Network Configuration View a detailed description of the current network configuration including the IP address and network status Print Info Pages Print the Configuration page and various other information pages that are available for the device such as the Supplies Status page and the Demo page Event Log View a history of device errors The most recent error is at the top of the list Fax tab Use the Fax tab to perform fax tasks from your computer The Fax tab contains links to the following main pages Fax Tasks Perform such tasks as sending a fax or clearing the fax memory or set the fax receive mode Fax Phone Book Add edit or delete entries in the device phone book Fax Send Log View all of the recent faxes that have been sent from the device Fax Receive Log View all of the recent faxes that have been received by the device Fax Data Properties Manage the space used to store faxes on your computer These settings apply only if you have chosen to send or receive faxes remotely from your computer Fax Reports Print any or all of the fax reports from your computer Detailed Fax Settings Use links to the Fax Setup Wizard or the Fax Settings tab to change the device fax settings How Do I View Help topics for device fax tasks Scan to tab Use the Scan to tab to set up the device Scan To button The Scan To button allows you to scan from the device rather than scanning from a software prog

HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one user guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents